ASTContext.cpp revision 8deabc133c121f6c5561d0b2171a41cb2c29b2ce
19e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 29e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// 39e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 49e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// 59e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 69e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 79e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// 89e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 99e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// 109e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 119e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek// 129e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 139e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 149e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 159e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 169e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 179e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 189e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 19993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 20993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 2222ab7a4d900ed53285fd0b6720e7b43af84724d8Zhongxing Xu#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23a693d4fa7a6dc31b23837cf38cba7aa2af8f00f3Ted Kremenek#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 249e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 259e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 26dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 27dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 289e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 299e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 309e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 319e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 329e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 339e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 349e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "CXXABI.h" 359e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include <map> 369e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 379e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekusing namespace clang; 389e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 399e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 409e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 41993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 4282bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 439e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 449e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 4577cfac623178d0c16e16e2f171d20b0fea8fde30Zhongxing Xuunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 46329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 47dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xuunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 48dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xuunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 49329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 50329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenekunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 51329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek 52329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenekenum FloatingRank { 53329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 549e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek}; 559e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 569e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekvoid 579e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed KremenekASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 589e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 599e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 609e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 619e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 629e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 639e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 649e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 659e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 669e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek PEnd = Params->end(); 67b21ff77c8126ea628b66d2ffb931fdaa7884f5d2Zhongxing Xu P != PEnd; ++P) { 689e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 699e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddInteger(0); 709e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 71b21ff77c8126ea628b66d2ffb931fdaa7884f5d2Zhongxing Xu continue; 729e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek } 739e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 749e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 759e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddInteger(1); 769e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 779e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 789e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 799e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddBoolean(true); 809e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 819e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) 829e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr()); 839e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek } else 849e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddBoolean(false); 859e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek continue; 869e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek } 879e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 889e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 899e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ID.AddInteger(2); 909e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Profile(ID, TTP); 91993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek } 92993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek} 93993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 949e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed KremenekTemplateTemplateParmDecl * 95993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted KremenekASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 96993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 979e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 989e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 999e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 1009e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek void *InsertPos = 0; 1019e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 1029e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1039e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (Canonical) 104993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek return Canonical->getParam(); 105993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 106993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek // Build a canonical template parameter list. 107993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 10882bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 10982bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 11082bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 11182bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek PEnd = Params->end(); 11282bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek P != PEnd; ++P) { 11382bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 11482bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek CanonParams.push_back( 11582bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11682bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek SourceLocation(), 11782bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek SourceLocation(), 11882bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek TTP->getDepth(), 11982bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 12082bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek TTP->isParameterPack())); 12182bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 12282bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 12382bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 12482bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12582bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 12682bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 12782bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 12882bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 12982bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 13082bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 13182bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 13282bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 13382bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek } 13482bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek 13582bd99f4db2454cc6e1b7bfaac6db25cb3444ddcTed Kremenek Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 136993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek SourceLocation(), 137993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek SourceLocation(), 138993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek NTTP->getDepth(), 139993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 140993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek T, 141993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek TInfo, 142993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek ExpandedTypes.data(), 1432dabd4372c50019fa00aae223ce634e0e754a3f2Ted Kremenek ExpandedTypes.size(), 144993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek ExpandedTInfos.data()); 145993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek } else { 1462dabd4372c50019fa00aae223ce634e0e754a3f2Ted Kremenek Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 147993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek SourceLocation(), 1482dabd4372c50019fa00aae223ce634e0e754a3f2Ted Kremenek SourceLocation(), 149993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek NTTP->getDepth(), 150993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 151993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek T, 152993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek NTTP->isParameterPack(), 1532dabd4372c50019fa00aae223ce634e0e754a3f2Ted Kremenek TInfo); 154993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek } 155993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek CanonParams.push_back(Param); 156993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 157993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek } else 158993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 159993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 160993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek } 161993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 162993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 163993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 164993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 165993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek TTP->getPosition(), 166993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek TTP->isParameterPack(), 167993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 0, 168a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 169993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek SourceLocation(), 170993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek CanonParams.data(), 1719e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek CanonParams.size(), 1729e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek SourceLocation())); 1739e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 1749e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1759e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 176e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 177e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu (void)Canonical; 178e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 179e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 180e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 181e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 182e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu return CanonTTP; 183e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu} 184e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 185e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing XuCXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 186e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 187e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 188e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 189e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu case CXXABI_ARM: 190e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 191e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu case CXXABI_Itanium: 1926613d08a19aa6ce9b6330487f3bfac841d4b8a4dZhongxing Xu return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 1936613d08a19aa6ce9b6330487f3bfac841d4b8a4dZhongxing Xu case CXXABI_Microsoft: 1946613d08a19aa6ce9b6330487f3bfac841d4b8a4dZhongxing Xu return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 195e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu } 196e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 197e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu} 198e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 199e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xustatic const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 200e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu const LangOptions &LOpts) { 201e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 202e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 203cc128b32429494fe04ed36d7ba30c011cb4e173aZhongxing Xu // language-specific address space. 204cc128b32429494fe04ed36d7ba30c011cb4e173aZhongxing Xu static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 205e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 1, // opencl_global 206e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 2, // opencl_local 207e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 3 // opencl_constant 208e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu }; 209e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 210dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu } else { 211dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 212dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu } 213dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu} 214dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu 215dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing XuASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 216dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu const TargetInfo *t, 217dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 218dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu Builtin::Context &builtins, 219dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu unsigned size_reserve, 220dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu bool DelayInitialization) 221dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 222dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 223dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 224dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 225dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 226dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 227dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 228dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 229dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu FILEDecl(0), 230dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 231dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 232dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 233dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 234dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 235dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 236817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 237817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 238817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu BuiltinInfo(builtins), 239817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu DeclarationNames(*this), 240c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 2419e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek LastSDM(0, 0), 242817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 2439e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek{ 2449e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 245c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 246c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu 247c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu if (!DelayInitialization) { 248c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 249c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 250c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu } 251c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu} 252c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu 253178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing XuASTContext::~ASTContext() { 2549e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 255817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 2569e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 257c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu 258817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu // Call all of the deallocation functions. 259178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 260817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 261c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu 262817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods. 263178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator 264817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end(); 265817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 266817c67daf845b35a242cd9b68e9c5eccf09c63dfZhongxing Xu OM->second.Destroy(); 267178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu 268178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 269329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek // because they can contain DenseMaps. 270329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 271329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 27277cfac623178d0c16e16e2f171d20b0fea8fde30Zhongxing Xu I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 273329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 274329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 275329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek R->Destroy(*this); 276329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek 277329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 27877cfac623178d0c16e16e2f171d20b0fea8fde30Zhongxing Xu I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 279329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 280329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 281329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek R->Destroy(*this); 282329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek } 283329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek 28477cfac623178d0c16e16e2f171d20b0fea8fde30Zhongxing Xu for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 28577cfac623178d0c16e16e2f171d20b0fea8fde30Zhongxing Xu AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 28677cfac623178d0c16e16e2f171d20b0fea8fde30Zhongxing Xu A != AEnd; ++A) 28777cfac623178d0c16e16e2f171d20b0fea8fde30Zhongxing Xu A->second->~AttrVec(); 288329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek} 289329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek 290329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenekvoid ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 291329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 29211a83dc7a9a5738cc0bc76180b508eae896eefa9Ted Kremenek} 29311a83dc7a9a5738cc0bc76180b508eae896eefa9Ted Kremenek 294329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenekvoid 295329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed KremenekASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 296329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 297329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek} 298178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu 2999e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekvoid ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 3009e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 3019e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 3029e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 303993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek unsigned counts[] = { 3049e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 3059e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 3069e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 3079e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 0 // Extra 3089e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek }; 309bfb6582ef46dfb33672d9621f879fc262339d704Zhongxing Xu 310bfb6582ef46dfb33672d9621f879fc262339d704Zhongxing Xu for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 3119e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Type *T = Types[i]; 312e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 313e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu } 314e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 315e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu unsigned Idx = 0; 316e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 3179e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 3189e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (counts[Idx]) \ 3199e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 3209e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << " types\n"; \ 3219e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 322993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek ++Idx; 3239e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 3249e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 3259e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 3269e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 3279e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 3289e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Implicit special member functions. 3299e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 3309e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 3319e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 332e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 333e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 334e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 3359e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3369e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 3379e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 3389e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 3399e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 3409e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 3419e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 3429e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3439e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 3449e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 3459e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 346993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 3479e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << NumImplicitDestructors 3489e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek << " implicit destructors created\n"; 3494bd1eefd48c70ebef185e524d0484c00f16000cfTed Kremenek 3504bd1eefd48c70ebef185e524d0484c00f16000cfTed Kremenek if (ExternalSource.get()) { 3514bd1eefd48c70ebef185e524d0484c00f16000cfTed Kremenek llvm::errs() << "\n"; 3524bd1eefd48c70ebef185e524d0484c00f16000cfTed Kremenek ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 3534bd1eefd48c70ebef185e524d0484c00f16000cfTed Kremenek } 354e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu 355e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 356e70559fd25bfd1970a82086c5f99cf9ef181b1aeZhongxing Xu} 3574bd1eefd48c70ebef185e524d0484c00f16000cfTed Kremenek 3589e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed KremenekTypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 3599e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (!Int128Decl) { 3609e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 3619e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 3629e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek getTranslationUnitDecl(), 3639e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek SourceLocation(), 3649e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek SourceLocation(), 3659e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 3669e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek TInfo); 3679e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek } 368a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek 369a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek return Int128Decl; 370a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek} 371a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek 372a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed KremenekTypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 373a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek if (!UInt128Decl) { 374a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 375a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 376a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek getTranslationUnitDecl(), 377a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek SourceLocation(), 378a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek SourceLocation(), 379a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 380a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek TInfo); 381a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek } 382a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek 383a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek return UInt128Decl; 384a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek} 385a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek 386a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenekvoid ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 387a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 388a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 389a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek Types.push_back(Ty); 390a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek} 391a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek 392a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenekvoid ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 393a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 394a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 3959e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 3969e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 3979e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek this->Target = &Target; 3989e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 399993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 4009e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 4019e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4029e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // C99 6.2.5p19. 4039e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 4049e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4059e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // C99 6.2.5p2. 4069e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 4079e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // C99 6.2.5p3. 4089e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 409a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 4109e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek else 4119e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 4129e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // C99 6.2.5p4. 4139e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 4149e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 415511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 41627b57063d83b00474d7563fb5d608544e2364862Zhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 417511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 418511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu 419511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu // C99 6.2.5p6. 420511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 421511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 4220395b5d4987fe5baa818015e9d294c128619e4ecZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 42343b28d07019bc78447ecbbb721526de4ffd83f20Chris Lattner InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 42443b28d07019bc78447ecbbb721526de4ffd83f20Chris Lattner InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 42543b28d07019bc78447ecbbb721526de4ffd83f20Chris Lattner 4260395b5d4987fe5baa818015e9d294c128619e4ecZhongxing Xu // C99 6.2.5p10. 427511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 428511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 429511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 430511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu 431511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 432511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 4336e78e1b22f3b16bb2ef76950b9b75f060bdba7bfZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 4346e78e1b22f3b16bb2ef76950b9b75f060bdba7bfZhongxing Xu 43527b57063d83b00474d7563fb5d608544e2364862Zhongxing Xu if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 43627b57063d83b00474d7563fb5d608544e2364862Zhongxing Xu if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 437b21ff77c8126ea628b66d2ffb931fdaa7884f5d2Zhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 438b21ff77c8126ea628b66d2ffb931fdaa7884f5d2Zhongxing Xu else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 439511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 440511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu } else // C99 441511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 442511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu 443511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 444511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 445511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu else // C99 4469e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 4479e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4489e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 4499e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 4509e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek else // C99 4519e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 4529e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4539e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 4549e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 4559e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 4569e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 457178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu // expressions. 458dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 4599e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4609e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Placeholder type for functions. 4610bc27eab2079c01771cf025a77fd2205378182d8Zhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 4629e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4639e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Placeholder type for bound members. 4649e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 4659e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4669e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 4679e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 4689e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4699e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 4709e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 4719e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4729e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 4739e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 4749e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 4759e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek // C99 6.2.5p11. 476178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 477178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 478178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 479178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu 480c540b261ac553b91840146eaa3fee3f11b1013a7Zhongxing Xu BuiltinVaListType = QualType(); 481c540b261ac553b91840146eaa3fee3f11b1013a7Zhongxing Xu 482ce63911d6bdd795f63365723d4cdaa6998529e1eZhongxing Xu // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 483c540b261ac553b91840146eaa3fee3f11b1013a7Zhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 484c540b261ac553b91840146eaa3fee3f11b1013a7Zhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 4859e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 4867090ae1a984eb446a5fb4da7b1f2573830653799Ted Kremenek 4877090ae1a984eb446a5fb4da7b1f2573830653799Ted Kremenek ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 4887090ae1a984eb446a5fb4da7b1f2573830653799Ted Kremenek 489329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek // void * type 490329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 491329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek 492329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 493329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 494993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 4952dabd4372c50019fa00aae223ce634e0e754a3f2Ted Kremenek // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 496e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 497e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu} 498e9f4e5420895a75dd788e9891921e7781c1823b9Zhongxing Xu 4999e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed KremenekDiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 5009a1f03afc569abbdcc182379c99d1fe1ece67c9dTed Kremenek return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 5019a1f03afc569abbdcc182379c99d1fe1ece67c9dTed Kremenek} 502329d6fde79254503b14724e1231a9d70fa6b387fTed Kremenek 503511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing XuAttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 504511191ce8920160525611be2be754c32a0724c3eZhongxing Xu AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 5059e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (!Result) { 5069e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 5079e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 5089e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek } 509993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 5109e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek return *Result; 511a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek} 512a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek 513a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 514a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenekvoid ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 515a7f1b9e8804012ed8df25d93f5a06cb26c9bbd2bTed Kremenek llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 5169e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 5179e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 5189e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 5199e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek } 5209e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek} 521993f1c72913417be7c534ec7a634363cdfc84fa5Ted Kremenek 522178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing XuMemberSpecializationInfo * 523dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing XuASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 524dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 525c5458622a30ede903e8d1e800cbf9382bd45b69fZhongxing Xu llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 526178927517fa09ddbb04dc8ef725b5716c18aae21Zhongxing Xu = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 5279e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 528dc0a25d9bff956cdbe54ea0bfc8fbbe3ceb4eb92Zhongxing Xu return 0; 5299e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 5309e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek return Pos->second; 5319e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek} 5329e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek 5339e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenekvoid 5349e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed KremenekASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 5359e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5369e24049bef26b6289cce9ac9b483c5cbb096e3aeTed Kremenek SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 537 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 538 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 539 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 540 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 541 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 542 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 543} 544 545FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 546 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 547 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 548 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 549 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 550 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 551 return 0; 552 553 return Pos->second; 554} 555 556void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 557 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 558 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 559 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 560 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 561} 562 563NamedDecl * 564ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 565 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 566 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 567 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 568 return 0; 569 570 return Pos->second; 571} 572 573void 574ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 575 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 576 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 577 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 578 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 579 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 580 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 581} 582 583UsingShadowDecl * 584ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 585 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 586 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 587 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 588 return 0; 589 590 return Pos->second; 591} 592 593void 594ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 595 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 596 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 597 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 598} 599 600FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 601 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 602 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 603 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 604 return 0; 605 606 return Pos->second; 607} 608 609void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 610 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 611 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 612 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 613 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 614 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 615 616 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 617} 618 619bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 620 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 621 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 622 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 623} 624 625bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 626 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 627 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 628 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 629 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 630} 631 632bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 633 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 634 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 635 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 636 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 637} 638 639bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 640 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 641 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 642 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 643} 644 645bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 646 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 647 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 648 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 649} 650 651ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 652ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 653 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 654 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 655 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 656 return 0; 657 658 return Pos->second.begin(); 659} 660 661ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 662ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 663 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 664 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 665 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 666 return 0; 667 668 return Pos->second.end(); 669} 670 671unsigned 672ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 673 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 674 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 675 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 676 return 0; 677 678 return Pos->second.size(); 679} 680 681void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 682 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 683 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 684} 685 686void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 687 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 688 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 689 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 690 FirstLocalImport = Import; 691 LastLocalImport = Import; 692 return; 693 } 694 695 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 696 LastLocalImport = Import; 697} 698 699//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 700// Type Sizing and Analysis 701//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 702 703/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 704/// scalar floating point type. 705const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 706 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 707 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 708 switch (BT->getKind()) { 709 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 710 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 711 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 712 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 713 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 714 } 715} 716 717/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 718/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 719/// this method will assert on them. 720/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 721/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 722CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 723 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 724 725 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 726 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 727 Align = AlignFromAttr; 728 729 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 730 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 731 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 732 // 733 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 734 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 735 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 736 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 737 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 738 } else { 739 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 740 } 741 } 742 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 743 UseAlignAttrOnly = 744 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 745 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 746 747 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 748 // else about the declaration and its type. 749 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 750 // do nothing 751 752 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 753 QualType T = VD->getType(); 754 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 755 if (RefAsPointee) 756 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 757 else 758 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 759 } 760 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 761 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 762 // large-array alignment on the target. 763 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 764 const ArrayType *arrayType; 765 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 766 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 767 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 768 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 769 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 770 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 771 772 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 773 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 774 } 775 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 776 } 777 778 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 779 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 780 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 781 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 782 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 783 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 784 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 785 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 786 787 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 788 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 789 790 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 791 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 792 if (offset > 0) { 793 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 794 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 795 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 796 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 797 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 798 } 799 800 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 801 } 802 } 803 804 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 805} 806 807std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 808ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 809 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 810 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 811 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 812} 813 814std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 815ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 816 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 817} 818 819/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method 820/// does not work on incomplete types. 821/// 822/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 823/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 824/// should take a QualType, &c. 825std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 826ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 827 uint64_t Width=0; 828 unsigned Align=8; 829 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 830#define TYPE(Class, Base) 831#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 832#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 833#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 834#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 835 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 836 837 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 838 case Type::FunctionProto: 839 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 840 Width = 0; 841 Align = 32; 842 break; 843 844 case Type::IncompleteArray: 845 case Type::VariableArray: 846 Width = 0; 847 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 848 break; 849 850 case Type::ConstantArray: { 851 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 852 853 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 854 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 855 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 856 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 857 Align = EltInfo.second; 858 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 859 break; 860 } 861 case Type::ExtVector: 862 case Type::Vector: { 863 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 864 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 865 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 866 Align = Width; 867 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 868 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 869 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 870 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 871 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 872 } 873 break; 874 } 875 876 case Type::Builtin: 877 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 878 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 879 case BuiltinType::Void: 880 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 881 Width = 0; 882 Align = 8; 883 break; 884 885 case BuiltinType::Bool: 886 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 887 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 888 break; 889 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 890 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 891 case BuiltinType::UChar: 892 case BuiltinType::SChar: 893 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 894 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 895 break; 896 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 897 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 898 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 899 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 900 break; 901 case BuiltinType::Char16: 902 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 903 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 904 break; 905 case BuiltinType::Char32: 906 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 907 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 908 break; 909 case BuiltinType::UShort: 910 case BuiltinType::Short: 911 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 912 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 913 break; 914 case BuiltinType::UInt: 915 case BuiltinType::Int: 916 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 917 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 918 break; 919 case BuiltinType::ULong: 920 case BuiltinType::Long: 921 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 922 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 923 break; 924 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 925 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 926 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 927 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 928 break; 929 case BuiltinType::Int128: 930 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 931 Width = 128; 932 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 933 break; 934 case BuiltinType::Half: 935 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 936 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 937 break; 938 case BuiltinType::Float: 939 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 940 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 941 break; 942 case BuiltinType::Double: 943 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 944 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 945 break; 946 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 947 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 948 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 949 break; 950 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 951 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 952 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 953 break; 954 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 955 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 956 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 957 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 958 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 959 break; 960 } 961 break; 962 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 963 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 964 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 965 break; 966 case Type::BlockPointer: { 967 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 968 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 969 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 970 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 971 break; 972 } 973 case Type::LValueReference: 974 case Type::RValueReference: { 975 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 976 // the pointer route. 977 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 978 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 979 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 980 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 981 break; 982 } 983 case Type::Pointer: { 984 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 985 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 986 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 987 break; 988 } 989 case Type::MemberPointer: { 990 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 991 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 992 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 993 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 994 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 995 break; 996 } 997 case Type::Complex: { 998 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 999 // size. 1000 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1001 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1002 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1003 Align = EltInfo.second; 1004 break; 1005 } 1006 case Type::ObjCObject: 1007 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1008 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1009 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1010 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1011 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1012 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1013 break; 1014 } 1015 case Type::Record: 1016 case Type::Enum: { 1017 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1018 1019 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1020 Width = 8; 1021 Align = 8; 1022 break; 1023 } 1024 1025 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1026 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1027 1028 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1029 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1030 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1031 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1032 break; 1033 } 1034 1035 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1036 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1037 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1038 1039 case Type::Auto: { 1040 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1041 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1042 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1043 } 1044 1045 case Type::Paren: 1046 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1047 1048 case Type::Typedef: { 1049 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1050 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1051 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1052 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1053 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1054 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1055 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1056 Align = AttrAlign; 1057 else 1058 Align = Info.second; 1059 Width = Info.first; 1060 break; 1061 } 1062 1063 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1064 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1065 .getTypePtr()); 1066 1067 case Type::TypeOf: 1068 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1069 1070 case Type::Decltype: 1071 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1072 .getTypePtr()); 1073 1074 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1075 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1076 1077 case Type::Elaborated: 1078 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1079 1080 case Type::Attributed: 1081 return getTypeInfo( 1082 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1083 1084 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1085 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1086 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1087 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1088 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1089 // aligned attribute on it. 1090 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1091 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1092 else 1093 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1094 } 1095 1096 case Type::Atomic: { 1097 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1098 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1099 Width = Info.first; 1100 Align = Info.second; 1101 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1102 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1103 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1104 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1105 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1106 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1107 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1108 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1109 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1110 } 1111 } 1112 1113 } 1114 1115 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1116 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1117} 1118 1119/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1120CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1121 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1122} 1123 1124/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1125int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1126 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1127} 1128 1129/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1130/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1131CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1132 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1133} 1134CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1135 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1136} 1137 1138/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1139/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1140CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1141 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1142} 1143CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1144 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1145} 1146 1147/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1148/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1149/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1150/// a data type. 1151unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1152 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1153 1154 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1155 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1156 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1157 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1158 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong)) 1159 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1160 1161 return ABIAlign; 1162} 1163 1164/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1165/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1166/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1167/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1168/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1169/// 1170void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1171 bool leafClass, 1172 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1173 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1174 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1175 if (!leafClass) { 1176 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1177 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1178 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1179 } else { 1180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1181 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1182 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1183 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1184 } 1185} 1186 1187/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1188/// those inherited by it. 1189void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1190 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1191 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1192 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1193 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1194 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1195 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1196 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1197 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1198 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1199 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1200 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1201 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1202 } 1203 } 1204 1205 // Categories of this Interface. 1206 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1207 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1208 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1209 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1210 while (SD) { 1211 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1212 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1213 } 1214 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1215 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1216 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1217 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1218 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1219 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1220 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1221 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1222 } 1223 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1224 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1225 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1226 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1227 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1228 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1229 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1230 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1231 } 1232 } 1233} 1234 1235unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1236 unsigned count = 0; 1237 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1238 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1239 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1240 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1241 1242 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1243 // includes synthesized ivars. 1244 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1245 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1246 1247 return count; 1248} 1249 1250bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1251 if (!E) 1252 return false; 1253 1254 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1255 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1256 1257 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1258 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1259 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1263 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1264 1265 return false; 1266} 1267 1268/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1269ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1270 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1271 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1272 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1273 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1274 return 0; 1275} 1276/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1277ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1278 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1279 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1280 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1281 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1282 return 0; 1283} 1284 1285/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1286void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1287 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1288 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1289 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1290} 1291/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1292void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1293 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1294 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1295 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1296} 1297 1298ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1299 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1300 return ID; 1301 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1302 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1303 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1304 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1305 1306 return 0; 1307} 1308 1309/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1310/// none exists. 1311Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1312 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1313 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1314 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1315 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1316 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1317 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1318} 1319 1320/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1321void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1322 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1323 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1324 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1325 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1326} 1327 1328/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo. 1329/// 1330/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using 1331/// the TypeLoc wrappers. 1332/// 1333/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type 1334/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to 1335/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to. 1336TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1337 unsigned DataSize) const { 1338 if (!DataSize) 1339 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1340 else 1341 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1342 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1343 1344 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1345 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1346 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1347 return TInfo; 1348} 1349 1350TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1351 SourceLocation L) const { 1352 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1353 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1354 return DI; 1355} 1356 1357const ASTRecordLayout & 1358ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1359 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1360} 1361 1362const ASTRecordLayout & 1363ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1364 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1365 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1366} 1367 1368//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1369// Type creation/memoization methods 1370//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1371 1372QualType 1373ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1374 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1375 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1376 1377 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1378 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1379 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1380 void *insertPos = 0; 1381 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1382 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1383 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1384 } 1385 1386 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1387 QualType canon; 1388 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1389 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1390 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1391 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second); 1392 1393 // Re-find the insert position. 1394 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1395 } 1396 1397 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1398 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1399 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1400} 1401 1402QualType 1403ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1404 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1405 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1406 return T; 1407 1408 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1409 // into one ExtQuals node. 1410 QualifierCollector Quals; 1411 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1412 1413 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1414 // another one. 1415 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1416 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1417 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1418 1419 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1420} 1421 1422QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1423 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1424 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1425 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1426 return T; 1427 1428 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1429 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1430 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1431 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1432 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1433 } 1434 } 1435 1436 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1437 // into one ExtQuals node. 1438 QualifierCollector Quals; 1439 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1440 1441 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1442 // another one. 1443 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1444 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1445 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1446 1447 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1448} 1449 1450const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1451 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1452 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1453 return T; 1454 1455 QualType Result; 1456 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1457 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1458 } else { 1459 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1460 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1461 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1462 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1463 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1464 } 1465 1466 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1467} 1468 1469/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1470/// number with the specified element type. 1471QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1472 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1473 // structure. 1474 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1475 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1476 1477 void *InsertPos = 0; 1478 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1479 return QualType(CT, 0); 1480 1481 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1482 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1483 QualType Canonical; 1484 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1485 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1486 1487 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1488 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1489 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1490 } 1491 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1492 Types.push_back(New); 1493 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1494 return QualType(New, 0); 1495} 1496 1497/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1498/// the specified type. 1499QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1500 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1501 // structure. 1502 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1503 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1504 1505 void *InsertPos = 0; 1506 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1507 return QualType(PT, 0); 1508 1509 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1510 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1511 QualType Canonical; 1512 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1513 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1514 1515 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1516 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1517 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1518 } 1519 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1520 Types.push_back(New); 1521 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1522 return QualType(New, 0); 1523} 1524 1525/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1526/// a pointer to the specified block. 1527QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1528 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1529 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1530 // structure. 1531 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1532 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1533 1534 void *InsertPos = 0; 1535 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1536 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1537 return QualType(PT, 0); 1538 1539 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1540 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1541 QualType Canonical; 1542 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1543 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1544 1545 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1546 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1547 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1548 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1549 } 1550 BlockPointerType *New 1551 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1552 Types.push_back(New); 1553 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1554 return QualType(New, 0); 1555} 1556 1557/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1558/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 1559QualType 1560ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 1561 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 1562 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 1563 1564 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1565 // structure. 1566 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1567 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 1568 1569 void *InsertPos = 0; 1570 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 1571 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1572 return QualType(RT, 0); 1573 1574 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1575 1576 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1577 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1578 QualType Canonical; 1579 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1580 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1581 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1582 1583 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1584 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1585 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1586 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1587 } 1588 1589 LValueReferenceType *New 1590 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 1591 SpelledAsLValue); 1592 Types.push_back(New); 1593 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1594 1595 return QualType(New, 0); 1596} 1597 1598/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1599/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 1600QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 1601 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1602 // structure. 1603 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1604 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 1605 1606 void *InsertPos = 0; 1607 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 1608 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1609 return QualType(RT, 0); 1610 1611 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1612 1613 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1614 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1615 QualType Canonical; 1616 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1617 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1618 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1619 1620 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1621 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1622 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1623 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1624 } 1625 1626 RValueReferenceType *New 1627 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 1628 Types.push_back(New); 1629 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1630 return QualType(New, 0); 1631} 1632 1633/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 1634/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 1635QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 1636 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1637 // structure. 1638 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1639 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 1640 1641 void *InsertPos = 0; 1642 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 1643 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1644 return QualType(PT, 0); 1645 1646 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1647 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1648 QualType Canonical; 1649 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1650 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 1651 1652 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1653 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 1654 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1655 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1656 } 1657 MemberPointerType *New 1658 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 1659 Types.push_back(New); 1660 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1661 return QualType(New, 0); 1662} 1663 1664/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 1665/// array of the specified element type. 1666QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1667 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 1668 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1669 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 1670 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 1671 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 1672 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 1673 1674 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 1675 // the target. 1676 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 1677 ArySize = 1678 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 1679 1680 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1681 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1682 1683 void *InsertPos = 0; 1684 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 1685 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1686 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1687 1688 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 1689 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1690 QualType Canon; 1691 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1692 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1693 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize, 1694 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1695 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second); 1696 1697 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1698 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 1699 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1700 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1701 } 1702 1703 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 1704 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1705 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1706 Types.push_back(New); 1707 return QualType(New, 0); 1708} 1709 1710/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 1711/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 1712/// sizes replaced with [*]. 1713QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 1714 // Vastly most common case. 1715 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 1716 1717 QualType result; 1718 1719 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 1720 const Type *ty = split.first; 1721 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 1722#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1723#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1724#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1725#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1726 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 1727 1728 // These types should never be variably-modified. 1729 case Type::Builtin: 1730 case Type::Complex: 1731 case Type::Vector: 1732 case Type::ExtVector: 1733 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 1734 case Type::ObjCObject: 1735 case Type::ObjCInterface: 1736 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1737 case Type::Record: 1738 case Type::Enum: 1739 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 1740 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1741 case Type::TypeOf: 1742 case Type::Decltype: 1743 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1744 case Type::DependentName: 1745 case Type::InjectedClassName: 1746 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 1747 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 1748 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 1749 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 1750 case Type::Auto: 1751 case Type::PackExpansion: 1752 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 1753 1754 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 1755 // further decay. 1756 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1757 case Type::FunctionProto: 1758 case Type::BlockPointer: 1759 case Type::MemberPointer: 1760 return type; 1761 1762 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 1763 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 1764 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 1765 // optimizations available here. 1766 case Type::Pointer: 1767 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 1768 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 1769 break; 1770 1771 case Type::LValueReference: { 1772 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 1773 result = getLValueReferenceType( 1774 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 1775 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 1776 break; 1777 } 1778 1779 case Type::RValueReference: { 1780 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 1781 result = getRValueReferenceType( 1782 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 1783 break; 1784 } 1785 1786 case Type::Atomic: { 1787 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 1788 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 1789 break; 1790 } 1791 1792 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1793 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 1794 result = getConstantArrayType( 1795 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 1796 cat->getSize(), 1797 cat->getSizeModifier(), 1798 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 1799 break; 1800 } 1801 1802 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 1803 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 1804 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 1805 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 1806 dat->getSizeExpr(), 1807 dat->getSizeModifier(), 1808 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1809 dat->getBracketsRange()); 1810 break; 1811 } 1812 1813 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 1814 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 1815 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 1816 result = getVariableArrayType( 1817 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 1818 /*size*/ 0, 1819 ArrayType::Normal, 1820 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1821 SourceRange()); 1822 break; 1823 } 1824 1825 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 1826 case Type::VariableArray: { 1827 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 1828 result = getVariableArrayType( 1829 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 1830 /*size*/ 0, 1831 ArrayType::Star, 1832 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1833 vat->getBracketsRange()); 1834 break; 1835 } 1836 } 1837 1838 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 1839 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second); 1840} 1841 1842/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 1843/// variable array of the specified element type. 1844QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1845 Expr *NumElts, 1846 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1847 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 1848 SourceRange Brackets) const { 1849 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 1850 // that have an expression provided for their size. 1851 QualType Canon; 1852 1853 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 1854 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1855 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1856 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM, 1857 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 1858 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second); 1859 } 1860 1861 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 1862 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 1863 1864 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 1865 Types.push_back(New); 1866 return QualType(New, 0); 1867} 1868 1869/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 1870/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 1871/// type. 1872QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 1873 Expr *numElements, 1874 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1875 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 1876 SourceRange brackets) const { 1877 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 1878 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 1879 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 1880 1881 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 1882 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 1883 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 1884 // because they can't be used in most locations. 1885 if (!numElements) { 1886 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 1887 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1888 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 1889 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 1890 brackets); 1891 Types.push_back(newType); 1892 return QualType(newType, 0); 1893 } 1894 1895 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 1896 // also build a canonical type. 1897 1898 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 1899 1900 void *insertPos = 0; 1901 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1902 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 1903 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0), 1904 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 1905 1906 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 1907 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 1908 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1909 1910 // If we don't have one, build one. 1911 if (!canonTy) { 1912 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1913 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0), 1914 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 1915 brackets); 1916 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 1917 Types.push_back(canonTy); 1918 } 1919 1920 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 1921 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 1922 canonElementType.second); 1923 1924 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 1925 // then just use that as our result. 1926 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType) 1927 return canon; 1928 1929 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 1930 // of the element type. 1931 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 1932 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1933 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 1934 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 1935 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 1936 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 1937} 1938 1939QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 1940 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1941 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 1942 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1943 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 1944 1945 void *insertPos = 0; 1946 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 1947 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 1948 return QualType(iat, 0); 1949 1950 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1951 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 1952 // qualifiers off the element type. 1953 QualType canon; 1954 1955 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1956 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 1957 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), 1958 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 1959 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second); 1960 1961 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1962 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 1963 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1964 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 1965 } 1966 1967 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1968 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 1969 1970 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 1971 Types.push_back(newType); 1972 return QualType(newType, 0); 1973} 1974 1975/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 1976/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 1977QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 1978 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 1979 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 1980 1981 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 1982 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1983 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 1984 1985 void *InsertPos = 0; 1986 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1987 return QualType(VTP, 0); 1988 1989 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1990 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1991 QualType Canonical; 1992 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 1993 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 1994 1995 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1996 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1997 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1998 } 1999 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2000 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2001 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2002 Types.push_back(New); 2003 return QualType(New, 0); 2004} 2005 2006/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2007/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2008QualType 2009ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2010 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2011 2012 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2013 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2014 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2015 VectorType::GenericVector); 2016 void *InsertPos = 0; 2017 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2018 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2019 2020 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2021 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2022 QualType Canonical; 2023 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2024 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2025 2026 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2027 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2028 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2029 } 2030 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2031 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2032 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2033 Types.push_back(New); 2034 return QualType(New, 0); 2035} 2036 2037QualType 2038ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2039 Expr *SizeExpr, 2040 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2041 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2042 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2043 SizeExpr); 2044 2045 void *InsertPos = 0; 2046 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2047 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2048 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2049 if (Canon) { 2050 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2051 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2052 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2053 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2054 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2055 } else { 2056 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2057 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2058 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2059 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2060 AttrLoc); 2061 2062 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2063 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2064 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2065 (void)CanonCheck; 2066 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2067 } else { 2068 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2069 SourceLocation()); 2070 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2071 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2072 } 2073 } 2074 2075 Types.push_back(New); 2076 return QualType(New, 0); 2077} 2078 2079/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2080/// 2081QualType 2082ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2083 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2084 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2085 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2086 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2087 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2088 // structure. 2089 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2090 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2091 2092 void *InsertPos = 0; 2093 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2094 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2095 return QualType(FT, 0); 2096 2097 QualType Canonical; 2098 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2099 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2100 Canonical = 2101 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2102 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2103 2104 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2105 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2106 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2107 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2108 } 2109 2110 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2111 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2112 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2113 Types.push_back(New); 2114 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2115 return QualType(New, 0); 2116} 2117 2118/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2119/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2120QualType 2121ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2122 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2123 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2124 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2125 // structure. 2126 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2127 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2128 2129 void *InsertPos = 0; 2130 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2131 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2132 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2133 2134 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2135 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical(); 2136 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2137 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2138 isCanonical = false; 2139 2140 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2141 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2142 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2143 2144 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2145 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2146 QualType Canonical; 2147 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2148 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2149 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2150 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2151 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2152 2153 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2154 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2155 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2156 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2157 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2158 2159 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2160 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2161 CanonicalEPI); 2162 2163 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2164 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2165 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2166 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2167 } 2168 2169 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2170 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2171 // - parameter types 2172 // - exception types 2173 // - consumed-arguments flags 2174 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2175 // expression. 2176 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2177 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2178 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) 2179 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2180 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2181 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2182 } 2183 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2184 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2185 2186 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2187 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2188 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2189 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2190 Types.push_back(FTP); 2191 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2192 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2193} 2194 2195#ifndef NDEBUG 2196static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2197 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2198 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2199 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2200 return true; 2201 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2202 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2203 return true; 2204 return false; 2205} 2206#endif 2207 2208/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2209/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2210QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2211 QualType TST) const { 2212 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2213 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2214 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2215 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2216 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2217 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2218 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2219 } else { 2220 Type *newType = 2221 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2222 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2223 Types.push_back(newType); 2224 } 2225 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2226} 2227 2228/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2229/// specified type declaration. 2230QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2231 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2232 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2233 2234 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2235 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2236 2237 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2238 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2239 2240 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2241 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2242 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2243 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2244 return getRecordType(Record); 2245 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2246 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2247 "enum has previous declaration"); 2248 return getEnumType(Enum); 2249 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2250 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2251 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2252 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2253 Types.push_back(newType); 2254 } else 2255 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2256 2257 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2258} 2259 2260/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2261/// specified typedef name decl. 2262QualType 2263ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2264 QualType Canonical) const { 2265 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2266 2267 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2268 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2269 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2270 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2271 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2272 Types.push_back(newType); 2273 return QualType(newType, 0); 2274} 2275 2276QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2277 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2278 2279 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2280 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2281 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2282 2283 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2284 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2285 Types.push_back(newType); 2286 return QualType(newType, 0); 2287} 2288 2289QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2290 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2291 2292 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2293 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2294 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2295 2296 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2297 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2298 Types.push_back(newType); 2299 return QualType(newType, 0); 2300} 2301 2302QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2303 QualType modifiedType, 2304 QualType equivalentType) { 2305 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2306 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2307 2308 void *insertPos = 0; 2309 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2310 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2311 2312 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2313 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2314 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2315 2316 Types.push_back(type); 2317 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2318 2319 return QualType(type, 0); 2320} 2321 2322 2323/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2324QualType 2325ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2326 QualType Replacement) const { 2327 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2328 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2329 2330 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2331 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2332 void *InsertPos = 0; 2333 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2334 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2335 2336 if (!SubstParm) { 2337 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2338 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2339 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2340 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2341 } 2342 2343 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2344} 2345 2346/// \brief Retrieve a 2347QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2348 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2349 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2350#ifndef NDEBUG 2351 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2352 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2353 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2354 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2355 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2356 } 2357#endif 2358 2359 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2360 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2361 void *InsertPos = 0; 2362 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2363 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2364 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2365 2366 QualType Canon; 2367 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2368 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2369 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2370 ArgPack); 2371 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2372 } 2373 2374 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2375 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2376 ArgPack); 2377 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2378 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2379 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2380} 2381 2382/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2383/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2384/// name. 2385QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2386 bool ParameterPack, 2387 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2388 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2389 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2390 void *InsertPos = 0; 2391 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2392 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2393 2394 if (TypeParm) 2395 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2396 2397 if (TTPDecl) { 2398 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2399 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2400 2401 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2402 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2403 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2404 (void)TypeCheck; 2405 } else 2406 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2407 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2408 2409 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2410 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2411 2412 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2413} 2414 2415TypeSourceInfo * 2416ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2417 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2418 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2419 QualType Underlying) const { 2420 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2421 "No dependent template names here!"); 2422 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2423 2424 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2425 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2426 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2427 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2428 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2429 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2430 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2431 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2432 return DI; 2433} 2434 2435QualType 2436ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2437 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2438 QualType Underlying) const { 2439 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2440 "No dependent template names here!"); 2441 2442 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2443 2444 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2445 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2446 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2447 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2448 2449 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2450 Underlying); 2451} 2452 2453QualType 2454ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2455 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2456 unsigned NumArgs, 2457 QualType Underlying) const { 2458 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2459 "No dependent template names here!"); 2460 // Look through qualified template names. 2461 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2462 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2463 2464 bool isTypeAlias = 2465 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2466 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2467 2468 QualType CanonType; 2469 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2470 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2471 else { 2472 assert(!isTypeAlias && 2473 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller"); 2474 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2475 NumArgs); 2476 } 2477 2478 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2479 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2480 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2481 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2482 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2483 (isTypeAlias ? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2484 TypeAlignment); 2485 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2486 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, 2487 Args, NumArgs, 2488 CanonType, 2489 isTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2490 2491 Types.push_back(Spec); 2492 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2493} 2494 2495QualType 2496ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2497 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2498 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2499 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2500 "No dependent template names here!"); 2501 assert((!Template.getAsTemplateDecl() || 2502 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) && 2503 "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller"); 2504 2505 // Look through qualified template names. 2506 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2507 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2508 2509 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2510 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2511 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2512 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2513 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2514 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2515 2516 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2517 // exists. 2518 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2519 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2520 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2521 2522 void *InsertPos = 0; 2523 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2524 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2525 2526 if (!Spec) { 2527 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2528 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2529 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2530 TypeAlignment); 2531 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2532 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2533 QualType(), QualType()); 2534 Types.push_back(Spec); 2535 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 2536 } 2537 2538 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 2539 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 2540 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2541} 2542 2543QualType 2544ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2545 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2546 QualType NamedType) const { 2547 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2548 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 2549 2550 void *InsertPos = 0; 2551 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2552 if (T) 2553 return QualType(T, 0); 2554 2555 QualType Canon = NamedType; 2556 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2557 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 2558 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2559 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 2560 (void)CheckT; 2561 } 2562 2563 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 2564 Types.push_back(T); 2565 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2566 return QualType(T, 0); 2567} 2568 2569QualType 2570ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 2571 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2572 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 2573 2574 void *InsertPos = 0; 2575 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2576 if (T) 2577 return QualType(T, 0); 2578 2579 QualType Canon = InnerType; 2580 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2581 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 2582 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2583 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 2584 (void)CheckT; 2585 } 2586 2587 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 2588 Types.push_back(T); 2589 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2590 return QualType(T, 0); 2591} 2592 2593QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2594 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2595 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2596 QualType Canon) const { 2597 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2598 2599 if (Canon.isNull()) { 2600 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2601 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2602 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 2603 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2604 2605 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 2606 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 2607 } 2608 2609 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2610 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 2611 2612 void *InsertPos = 0; 2613 DependentNameType *T 2614 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2615 if (T) 2616 return QualType(T, 0); 2617 2618 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 2619 Types.push_back(T); 2620 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2621 return QualType(T, 0); 2622} 2623 2624QualType 2625ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2626 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2627 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2628 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2629 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 2630 // TODO: avoid this copy 2631 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 2632 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 2633 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 2634 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 2635 ArgCopy.size(), 2636 ArgCopy.data()); 2637} 2638 2639QualType 2640ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2641 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2642 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2643 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2644 unsigned NumArgs, 2645 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 2646 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 2647 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2648 2649 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2650 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 2651 Name, NumArgs, Args); 2652 2653 void *InsertPos = 0; 2654 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 2655 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2656 if (T) 2657 return QualType(T, 0); 2658 2659 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2660 2661 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2662 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2663 2664 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 2665 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 2666 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 2667 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 2668 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 2669 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 2670 } 2671 2672 QualType Canon; 2673 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 2674 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 2675 Name, NumArgs, 2676 CanonArgs.data()); 2677 2678 // Find the insert position again. 2679 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2680 } 2681 2682 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 2683 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2684 TypeAlignment); 2685 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 2686 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 2687 Types.push_back(T); 2688 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2689 return QualType(T, 0); 2690} 2691 2692QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 2693 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 2694 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2695 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 2696 2697 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 2698 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 2699 void *InsertPos = 0; 2700 PackExpansionType *T 2701 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2702 if (T) 2703 return QualType(T, 0); 2704 2705 QualType Canon; 2706 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 2707 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 2708 2709 // Find the insert position again. 2710 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2711 } 2712 2713 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 2714 Types.push_back(T); 2715 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2716 return QualType(T, 0); 2717} 2718 2719/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 2720/// alphabetically. 2721static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 2722 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 2723 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 2724} 2725 2726static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2727 unsigned NumProtocols) { 2728 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 2729 2730 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 2731 return false; 2732 2733 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 2734 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 2735 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 2736 return false; 2737 return true; 2738} 2739 2740static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 2741 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 2742 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 2743 2744 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 2745 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 2746 2747 // Canonicalize. 2748 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 2749 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 2750 2751 // Remove duplicates. 2752 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 2753 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 2754} 2755 2756QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 2757 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2758 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 2759 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 2760 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 2761 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 2762 return BaseType; 2763 2764 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 2765 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2766 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2767 void *InsertPos = 0; 2768 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2769 return QualType(QT, 0); 2770 2771 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 2772 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 2773 QualType Canonical; 2774 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 2775 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 2776 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 2777 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 2778 Protocols + NumProtocols); 2779 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 2780 2781 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2782 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2783 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2784 } else { 2785 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2786 Protocols, NumProtocols); 2787 } 2788 2789 // Regenerate InsertPos. 2790 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2791 } 2792 2793 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 2794 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 2795 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2796 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 2797 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2798 2799 Types.push_back(T); 2800 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2801 return QualType(T, 0); 2802} 2803 2804/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 2805/// the given object type. 2806QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 2807 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2808 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 2809 2810 void *InsertPos = 0; 2811 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 2812 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2813 return QualType(QT, 0); 2814 2815 // Find the canonical object type. 2816 QualType Canonical; 2817 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 2818 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 2819 2820 // Regenerate InsertPos. 2821 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2822 } 2823 2824 // No match. 2825 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 2826 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 2827 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 2828 2829 Types.push_back(QType); 2830 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 2831 return QualType(QType, 0); 2832} 2833 2834/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2835/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 2836QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 2837 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 2838 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 2839 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2840 2841 if (PrevDecl) { 2842 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 2843 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2844 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2845 } 2846 2847 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 2848 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 2849 Decl = Def; 2850 2851 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 2852 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 2853 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 2854 Types.push_back(T); 2855 return QualType(T, 0); 2856} 2857 2858/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 2859/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 2860/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 2861/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2862/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2863QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 2864 TypeOfExprType *toe; 2865 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 2866 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2867 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 2868 2869 void *InsertPos = 0; 2870 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 2871 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2872 if (Canon) { 2873 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 2874 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 2875 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 2876 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 2877 } else { 2878 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 2879 Canon 2880 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 2881 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 2882 toe = Canon; 2883 } 2884 } else { 2885 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 2886 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 2887 } 2888 Types.push_back(toe); 2889 return QualType(toe, 0); 2890} 2891 2892/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 2893/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 2894/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 2895/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2896/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2897QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 2898 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 2899 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 2900 Types.push_back(tot); 2901 return QualType(tot, 0); 2902} 2903 2904/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that 2905/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4 2906static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) { 2907 if (e->isTypeDependent()) 2908 return Context.DependentTy; 2909 2910 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined 2911 // as the type of the entity named by e. 2912 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) { 2913 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) 2914 return VD->getType(); 2915 } 2916 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) { 2917 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2918 return FD->getType(); 2919 } 2920 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator, 2921 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the 2922 // return type of that function. 2923 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens())) 2924 return CE->getCallReturnType(); 2925 2926 QualType T = e->getType(); 2927 2928 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is 2929 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T. 2930 if (e->isLValue()) 2931 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); 2932 2933 return T; 2934} 2935 2936/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 2937/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 2938/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 2939/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2940/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 2941QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const { 2942 DecltypeType *dt; 2943 2944 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 2945 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 2946 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 2947 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 2948 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 2949 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2950 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 2951 2952 void *InsertPos = 0; 2953 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 2954 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2955 if (Canon) { 2956 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 2957 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 2958 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy, 2959 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 2960 } else { 2961 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 2962 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 2963 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 2964 dt = Canon; 2965 } 2966 } else { 2967 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this); 2968 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T)); 2969 } 2970 Types.push_back(dt); 2971 return QualType(dt, 0); 2972} 2973 2974/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 2975/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 2976QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 2977 QualType UnderlyingType, 2978 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 2979 const { 2980 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 2981 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 2982 Kind, 2983 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 2984 QualType() : UnderlyingType); 2985 Types.push_back(Ty); 2986 return QualType(Ty, 0); 2987} 2988 2989/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 2990QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 2991 void *InsertPos = 0; 2992 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 2993 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 2994 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2995 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 2996 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2997 return QualType(AT, 0); 2998 } 2999 3000 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3001 Types.push_back(AT); 3002 if (InsertPos) 3003 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3004 return QualType(AT, 0); 3005} 3006 3007/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3008/// the given value type. 3009QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3010 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3011 // structure. 3012 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3013 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3014 3015 void *InsertPos = 0; 3016 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3017 return QualType(AT, 0); 3018 3019 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3020 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3021 QualType Canonical; 3022 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3023 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3024 3025 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3026 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3027 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3028 } 3029 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3030 Types.push_back(New); 3031 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3032 return QualType(New, 0); 3033} 3034 3035/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3036QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3037 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3038 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3039 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3040 return AutoDeductTy; 3041} 3042 3043/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3044QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3045 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3046 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3047 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3048 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3049} 3050 3051/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3052/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3053QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3054 assert (Decl); 3055 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3056 // away const? mutable? 3057 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3058} 3059 3060/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3061/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3062/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3063CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3064 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3065} 3066 3067/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3068CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3069 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3070} 3071 3072/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3073CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3074 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3075} 3076 3077/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3078/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3079QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3080 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3081 return WCharTy; 3082} 3083 3084/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3085/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3086QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3087 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3088 return UnsignedIntTy; 3089} 3090 3091/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3092/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3093QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3094 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3095} 3096 3097//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3098// Type Operators 3099//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3100 3101CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3102 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3103 // qualifiers. 3104 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3105 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3106 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3107 QualType Result; 3108 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3109 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3110 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3111 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3112 } else { 3113 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3114 } 3115 3116 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3117} 3118 3119QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3120 Qualifiers &quals) { 3121 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3122 3123 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3124 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3125 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3126 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3127 const ArrayType *AT = 3128 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3129 3130 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3131 if (!AT) { 3132 quals = splitType.second; 3133 return QualType(splitType.first, 0); 3134 } 3135 3136 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3137 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3138 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3139 3140 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3141 // can just use the results in splitType. 3142 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3143 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3144 quals = splitType.second; 3145 return QualType(splitType.first, 0); 3146 } 3147 3148 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3149 // build the type back up. 3150 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second); 3151 3152 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3153 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3154 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3155 } 3156 3157 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3158 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3159 } 3160 3161 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3162 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3163 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3164 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3165 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3166 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3167 } 3168 3169 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3170 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3171 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3172 SourceRange()); 3173} 3174 3175/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3176/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3177/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3178/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3179/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3180/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3181/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3182/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3183bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3184 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3185 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3186 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3187 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3188 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3189 return true; 3190 } 3191 3192 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3193 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3194 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3195 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3196 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3197 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3198 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3199 return true; 3200 } 3201 3202 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 3203 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3204 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3205 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3206 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3207 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3208 return true; 3209 } 3210 } 3211 3212 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3213 3214 return false; 3215} 3216 3217DeclarationNameInfo 3218ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3219 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3220 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3221 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3222 case TemplateName::Template: 3223 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3224 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3225 NameLoc); 3226 3227 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3228 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3229 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3230 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3231 } 3232 3233 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3234 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3235 DeclarationName DName; 3236 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3237 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3238 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3239 } else { 3240 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3241 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3242 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3243 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3244 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3245 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3246 } 3247 } 3248 3249 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3250 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3251 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3252 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3253 NameLoc); 3254 } 3255 3256 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3257 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3258 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3259 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3260 NameLoc); 3261 } 3262 } 3263 3264 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3265} 3266 3267TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3268 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3269 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3270 case TemplateName::Template: { 3271 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3272 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3273 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3274 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3275 3276 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3277 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3278 } 3279 3280 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3281 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3282 3283 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3284 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3285 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3286 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3287 } 3288 3289 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3290 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3291 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3292 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3293 } 3294 3295 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3296 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3297 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3298 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3299 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3300 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3301 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3302 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3303 } 3304 } 3305 3306 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3307} 3308 3309bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3310 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3311 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3312 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3313} 3314 3315TemplateArgument 3316ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3317 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3318 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3319 return Arg; 3320 3321 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3322 return Arg; 3323 3324 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: 3325 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3326 3327 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3328 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3329 3330 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3331 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3332 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3333 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3334 3335 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3336 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(), 3337 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3338 3339 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3340 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3341 3342 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3343 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3344 return Arg; 3345 3346 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3347 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3348 unsigned Idx = 0; 3349 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3350 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3351 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3352 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3353 3354 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3355 } 3356 } 3357 3358 // Silence GCC warning 3359 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3360} 3361 3362NestedNameSpecifier * 3363ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3364 if (!NNS) 3365 return 0; 3366 3367 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3368 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3369 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3370 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3371 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3372 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3373 3374 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3375 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3376 // this namespace and no prefix. 3377 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3378 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3379 3380 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3381 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3382 // this namespace and no prefix. 3383 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3384 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3385 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3386 3387 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3388 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3389 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3390 3391 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3392 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3393 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3394 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3395 // types, e.g., 3396 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3397 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3398 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) { 3399 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix 3400 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier()); 3401 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix, 3402 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3403 } 3404 3405 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations. 3406 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST 3407 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) { 3408 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix 3409 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier()); 3410 3411 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(), 3412 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(), 3413 DTST->getNumArgs(), 3414 DTST->getArgs()); 3415 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3416 } 3417 3418 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3419 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3420 } 3421 3422 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3423 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3424 return NNS; 3425 } 3426 3427 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3428} 3429 3430 3431const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3432 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3433 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3434 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3435 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3436 return AT; 3437 } 3438 3439 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3440 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3441 return 0; 3442 3443 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3444 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3445 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3446 3447 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3448 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3449 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3450 3451 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3452 Qualifiers qs = split.second; 3453 3454 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3455 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first); 3456 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3457 return ATy; 3458 3459 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3460 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3461 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3462 3463 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3464 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3465 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3466 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3467 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3468 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3469 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3470 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3471 3472 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3473 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3474 return cast<ArrayType>( 3475 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3476 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3477 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3478 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3479 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3480 3481 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3482 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3483 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3484 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3485 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3486 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3487} 3488 3489QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) { 3490 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3491 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3492 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3493 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3494 // the array type derivation. 3495 if (T->isArrayType()) 3496 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3497 3498 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3499 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3500 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3501 // in 6.3.2.1. 3502 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3503 return getPointerType(T); 3504 3505 return T; 3506} 3507 3508QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) { 3509 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3510 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3511 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3512} 3513 3514/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3515/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3516/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3517/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3518/// 3519/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3520QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3521 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3522 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3523 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3524 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3525 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3526 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3527 3528 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3529 3530 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3531 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3532} 3533 3534QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3535 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3536} 3537 3538QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3539 Qualifiers qs; 3540 while (true) { 3541 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3542 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3543 if (!array) break; 3544 3545 type = array->getElementType(); 3546 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second); 3547 } 3548 3549 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3550} 3551 3552/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3553uint64_t 3554ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3555 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3556 do { 3557 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3558 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3559 } while (CA); 3560 return ElementCount; 3561} 3562 3563/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 3564/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 3565static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 3566 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3567 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 3568 3569 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3570 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3571 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3572 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 3573 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 3574 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 3575 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 3576 } 3577} 3578 3579/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 3580/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 3581/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 3582/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 3583QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 3584 QualType Domain) const { 3585 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 3586 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 3587 switch (EltRank) { 3588 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 3589 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 3590 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 3591 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 3592 } 3593 } 3594 3595 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 3596 switch (EltRank) { 3597 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 3598 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 3599 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 3600 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 3601 } 3602 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3603} 3604 3605/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 3606/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 3607/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3608/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3609int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3610 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 3611 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 3612 3613 if (LHSR == RHSR) 3614 return 0; 3615 if (LHSR > RHSR) 3616 return 1; 3617 return -1; 3618} 3619 3620/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 3621/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 3622/// or if it is not canonicalized. 3623unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 3624 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 3625 3626 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 3627 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 3628 case BuiltinType::Bool: 3629 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 3630 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3631 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3632 case BuiltinType::SChar: 3633 case BuiltinType::UChar: 3634 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 3635 case BuiltinType::Short: 3636 case BuiltinType::UShort: 3637 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 3638 case BuiltinType::Int: 3639 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3640 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 3641 case BuiltinType::Long: 3642 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3643 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 3644 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 3645 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 3646 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 3647 case BuiltinType::Int128: 3648 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 3649 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 3650 } 3651} 3652 3653/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 3654/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 3655/// 3656/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 3657/// promotion occurs. 3658QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 3659 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 3660 return QualType(); 3661 3662 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 3663 if (!Field) 3664 return QualType(); 3665 3666 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 3667 3668 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 3669 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3670 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 3671 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 3672 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 3673 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 3674 return IntTy; 3675 3676 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 3677 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3678 3679 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 3680 // like the base type. 3681 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 3682 // is ridiculous. 3683 return QualType(); 3684} 3685 3686/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 3687/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 3688/// integer type. 3689QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 3690 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 3691 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 3692 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 3693 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 3694 3695 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3696 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 3697 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 3698 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 3699 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 3700 // unsigned long long int [...] 3701 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 3702 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 3703 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 3704 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 3705 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 3706 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 3707 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 3708 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 3709 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 3710 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 3711 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 3712 if (FromSize < ToSize || 3713 (FromSize == ToSize && 3714 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 3715 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 3716 } 3717 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 3718 } 3719 } 3720 3721 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 3722 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 3723 return IntTy; 3724 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable); 3725 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3726 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 3727 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3728} 3729 3730/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 3731/// type and returns its ownership. 3732Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 3733 while (!T.isNull()) { 3734 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 3735 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 3736 if (T->isArrayType()) 3737 T = getBaseElementType(T); 3738 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3739 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 3740 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 3741 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 3742 else 3743 break; 3744 } 3745 3746 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 3747} 3748 3749/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 3750/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3751/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3752int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3753 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 3754 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 3755 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 3756 3757 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3758 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3759 3760 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 3761 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 3762 3763 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 3764 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 3765 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 3766 } 3767 3768 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 3769 if (LHSUnsigned) { 3770 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 3771 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 3772 return 1; 3773 3774 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3775 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3776 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3777 return -1; 3778 } 3779 3780 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 3781 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 3782 return -1; 3783 3784 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3785 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3786 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3787 return 1; 3788} 3789 3790static RecordDecl * 3791CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 3792 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 3793 SourceLocation Loc; 3794 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3795 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 3796 else 3797 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 3798} 3799 3800// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 3801QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 3802 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 3803 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 3804 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 3805 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 3806 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3807 3808 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 3809 3810 // const int *isa; 3811 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 3812 // int flags; 3813 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 3814 // const char *str; 3815 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 3816 // long length; 3817 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 3818 3819 // Create fields 3820 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3821 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 3822 SourceLocation(), 3823 SourceLocation(), 0, 3824 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3825 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3826 /*Mutable=*/false, 3827 /*HasInit=*/false); 3828 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3829 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3830 } 3831 3832 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3833 } 3834 3835 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 3836} 3837 3838void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 3839 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3840 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 3841 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3842} 3843 3844QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 3845 if (BlockDescriptorType) 3846 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 3847 3848 RecordDecl *T; 3849 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 3850 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 3851 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 3852 T->startDefinition(); 3853 3854 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3855 UnsignedLongTy, 3856 UnsignedLongTy, 3857 }; 3858 3859 const char *FieldNames[] = { 3860 "reserved", 3861 "Size" 3862 }; 3863 3864 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 3865 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 3866 SourceLocation(), 3867 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3868 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3869 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3870 /*Mutable=*/false, 3871 /*HasInit=*/false); 3872 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3873 T->addDecl(Field); 3874 } 3875 3876 T->completeDefinition(); 3877 3878 BlockDescriptorType = T; 3879 3880 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 3881} 3882 3883QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 3884 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 3885 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 3886 3887 RecordDecl *T; 3888 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 3889 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 3890 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 3891 T->startDefinition(); 3892 3893 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3894 UnsignedLongTy, 3895 UnsignedLongTy, 3896 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3897 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 3898 }; 3899 3900 const char *FieldNames[] = { 3901 "reserved", 3902 "Size", 3903 "CopyFuncPtr", 3904 "DestroyFuncPtr" 3905 }; 3906 3907 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3908 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 3909 SourceLocation(), 3910 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3911 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3912 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3913 /*Mutable=*/false, 3914 /*HasInit=*/false); 3915 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3916 T->addDecl(Field); 3917 } 3918 3919 T->completeDefinition(); 3920 3921 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 3922 3923 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 3924} 3925 3926bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const { 3927 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) 3928 return true; 3929 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3930 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3931 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3932 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(); 3933 3934 } 3935 } 3936 return false; 3937} 3938 3939QualType 3940ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const { 3941 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X { 3942 // void *__isa; 3943 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding; 3944 // unsigned int __flags; 3945 // unsigned int __size; 3946 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed 3947 // void *__destroy_help // as needed 3948 // int X; 3949 // } * 3950 3951 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty); 3952 3953 // FIXME: Move up 3954 llvm::SmallString<36> Name; 3955 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" << 3956 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName; 3957 RecordDecl *T; 3958 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str())); 3959 T->startDefinition(); 3960 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy; 3961 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported"); 3962 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3963 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3964 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)), 3965 Int32Ty, 3966 Int32Ty, 3967 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3968 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3969 Ty 3970 }; 3971 3972 StringRef FieldNames[] = { 3973 "__isa", 3974 "__forwarding", 3975 "__flags", 3976 "__size", 3977 "__copy_helper", 3978 "__destroy_helper", 3979 DeclName, 3980 }; 3981 3982 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) { 3983 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5) 3984 continue; 3985 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 3986 SourceLocation(), 3987 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3988 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3989 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3990 /*HasInit=*/false); 3991 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3992 T->addDecl(Field); 3993 } 3994 3995 T->completeDefinition(); 3996 3997 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 3998} 3999 4000TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4001 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4002 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4003 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4004 SourceLocation(), 4005 SourceLocation(), 4006 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4007 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4008 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4009} 4010 4011// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4012// typedef <type> BOOL; 4013static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4014 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4015 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4016 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4017 4018 return false; 4019} 4020 4021/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4022/// purpose. 4023CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4024 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4025 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4026 4027 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4028 4029 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4030 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4031 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4032 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4033 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4034 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4035 return sz; 4036} 4037 4038static inline 4039std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4040 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4041} 4042 4043/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4044/// declaration. 4045std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4046 std::string S; 4047 4048 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4049 QualType BlockTy = 4050 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4051 // Encode result type. 4052 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S); 4053 // Compute size of all parameters. 4054 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4055 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4056 SourceLocation Loc; 4057 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4058 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4059 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4060 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4061 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4062 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4063 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4064 ParmOffset += sz; 4065 } 4066 // Size of the argument frame 4067 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4068 // Block pointer and offset. 4069 S += "@?0"; 4070 4071 // Argument types. 4072 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4073 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4074 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4075 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4076 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4077 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4078 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4079 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4080 // elements. 4081 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4082 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4083 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4084 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4085 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4086 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4087 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4088 } 4089 4090 return S; 4091} 4092 4093bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4094 std::string& S) { 4095 // Encode result type. 4096 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4097 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4098 // Compute size of all parameters. 4099 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4100 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4101 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4102 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4103 if (sz.isZero()) 4104 return true; 4105 4106 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4107 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4108 ParmOffset += sz; 4109 } 4110 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4111 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4112 4113 // Argument types. 4114 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4115 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4116 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4117 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4118 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4119 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4120 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4121 // elements. 4122 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4123 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4124 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4125 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4126 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4127 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4128 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4129 } 4130 4131 return false; 4132} 4133 4134/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4135/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4136/// block object types. 4137void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4138 QualType T, std::string& S, 4139 bool Extended) const { 4140 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4141 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4142 // Encode parameter type. 4143 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4144 true /*OutermostType*/, 4145 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4146 false /*StructField*/, 4147 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4148 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4149} 4150 4151/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4152/// declaration. 4153bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4154 std::string& S, 4155 bool Extended) const { 4156 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4157 // Encode return type. 4158 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4159 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4160 // Compute size of all parameters. 4161 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4162 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4163 SourceLocation Loc; 4164 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4165 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4166 // their size. 4167 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4168 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4169 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4170 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4171 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4172 if (sz.isZero()) 4173 return true; 4174 4175 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4176 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4177 ParmOffset += sz; 4178 } 4179 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4180 S += "@0:"; 4181 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4182 4183 // Argument types. 4184 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4185 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4186 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4187 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4188 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4189 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4190 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4191 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4192 // elements. 4193 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4194 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4195 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4196 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4197 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4198 PType, S, Extended); 4199 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4200 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4201 } 4202 4203 return false; 4204} 4205 4206/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4207/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4208/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4209/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4210/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4211/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4212/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4213/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4214/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4215/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4216/// @code 4217/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4218/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4219/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4220/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4221/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4222/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4223/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4224/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4225/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4226/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4227/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4228/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4229/// }; 4230/// @endcode 4231void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4232 const Decl *Container, 4233 std::string& S) const { 4234 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4235 bool Dynamic = false; 4236 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4237 4238 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4239 if (Container) { 4240 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4241 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4242 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4243 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4244 i != e; ++i) { 4245 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4246 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4247 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4248 Dynamic = true; 4249 } else { 4250 SynthesizePID = PID; 4251 } 4252 } 4253 } 4254 } else { 4255 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4256 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4257 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4258 i != e; ++i) { 4259 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4260 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4261 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4262 Dynamic = true; 4263 } else { 4264 SynthesizePID = PID; 4265 } 4266 } 4267 } 4268 } 4269 } 4270 4271 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4272 S = "T"; 4273 4274 // Encode result type. 4275 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4276 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4277 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4278 true /* outermost type */, 4279 true /* encoding for property */); 4280 4281 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4282 S += ",R"; 4283 } else { 4284 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4285 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4286 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4287 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4288 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4289 } 4290 } 4291 4292 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4293 // are "dynamic by default". 4294 if (Dynamic) 4295 S += ",D"; 4296 4297 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4298 S += ",N"; 4299 4300 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4301 S += ",G"; 4302 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4303 } 4304 4305 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4306 S += ",S"; 4307 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4308 } 4309 4310 if (SynthesizePID) { 4311 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4312 S += ",V"; 4313 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4314 } 4315 4316 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4317} 4318 4319/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4320/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4321/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4322/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4323/// 4324void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4325 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4326 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4327 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4328 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4329 else 4330 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4331 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4332 } 4333 } 4334} 4335 4336void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4337 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4338 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4339 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4340 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4341 // same type. 4342 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4343 true /* outermost type */); 4344} 4345 4346static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4347 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4348 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4349 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4350 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4351 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4352 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4353 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4354 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4355 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4356 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4357 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4358 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4359 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4360 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4361 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4362 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4363 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4364 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4365 case BuiltinType::Long: 4366 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4367 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4368 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4369 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4370 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4371 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4372 } 4373} 4374 4375static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4376 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4377 4378 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4379 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4380 return 'i'; 4381 4382 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4383 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4384} 4385 4386static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4387 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4388 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4389 S += 'b'; 4390 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4391 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4392 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4393 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4394 // 4395 // struct 4396 // { 4397 // int integer; 4398 // int flags:2; 4399 // }; 4400 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4401 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4402 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4403 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4404 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4405 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) { 4406 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4407 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4408 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4409 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4410 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4411 else 4412 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4413 } 4414 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4415} 4416 4417// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4418void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4419 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4420 bool ExpandStructures, 4421 const FieldDecl *FD, 4422 bool OutermostType, 4423 bool EncodingProperty, 4424 bool StructField, 4425 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4426 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4427 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4428 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4429 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4430 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4431 return; 4432 } 4433 4434 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4435 S += 'j'; 4436 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4437 false); 4438 return; 4439 } 4440 4441 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4442 QualType PointeeTy; 4443 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4444 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4445 S += ':'; 4446 return; 4447 } 4448 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4449 } 4450 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4451 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4452 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4453 bool isReadOnly = false; 4454 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4455 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4456 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4457 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4458 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4459 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4460 isReadOnly = true; 4461 S += 'r'; 4462 } 4463 } else if (OutermostType) { 4464 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4465 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4466 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4467 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4468 isReadOnly = true; 4469 S += 'r'; 4470 } 4471 } 4472 if (isReadOnly) { 4473 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4474 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4475 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4476 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4477 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4478 } 4479 4480 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4481 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4482 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4483 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4484 S += '*'; 4485 return; 4486 } 4487 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4488 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4489 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4490 S += '#'; 4491 return; 4492 } 4493 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4494 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4495 S += '@'; 4496 return; 4497 } 4498 // fall through... 4499 } 4500 S += '^'; 4501 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4502 4503 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4504 NULL); 4505 return; 4506 } 4507 4508 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4509 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4510 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4511 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4512 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4513 S += '^'; 4514 4515 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4516 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4517 } else { 4518 S += '['; 4519 4520 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4521 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4522 S += '0'; 4523 else 4524 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4525 } else { 4526 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4527 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4528 "Unknown array type!"); 4529 S += '0'; 4530 } 4531 4532 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4533 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4534 S += ']'; 4535 } 4536 return; 4537 } 4538 4539 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4540 S += '?'; 4541 return; 4542 } 4543 4544 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4545 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4546 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4547 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4548 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4549 S += II->getName(); 4550 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4551 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4552 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4553 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4554 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4555 TemplateArgs.data(), 4556 TemplateArgs.size(), 4557 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 4558 4559 S += TemplateArgsStr; 4560 } 4561 } else { 4562 S += '?'; 4563 } 4564 if (ExpandStructures) { 4565 S += '='; 4566 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 4567 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 4568 } else { 4569 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4570 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4571 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 4572 if (FD) { 4573 S += '"'; 4574 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 4575 S += '"'; 4576 } 4577 4578 // Special case bit-fields. 4579 if (Field->isBitField()) { 4580 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 4581 (*Field)); 4582 } else { 4583 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 4584 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4585 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 4586 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 4587 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 4588 /*StructField*/true); 4589 } 4590 } 4591 } 4592 } 4593 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 4594 return; 4595 } 4596 4597 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4598 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4599 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4600 else 4601 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 4602 return; 4603 } 4604 4605 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 4606 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 4607 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 4608 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4609 4610 S += '<'; 4611 // Block return type 4612 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 4613 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 4614 FD, 4615 false /* OutermostType */, 4616 EncodingProperty, 4617 false /* StructField */, 4618 EncodeBlockParameters, 4619 EncodeClassNames); 4620 // Block self 4621 S += "@?"; 4622 // Block parameters 4623 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 4624 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4625 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 4626 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 4627 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4628 ExpandStructures, 4629 FD, 4630 false /* OutermostType */, 4631 EncodingProperty, 4632 false /* StructField */, 4633 EncodeBlockParameters, 4634 EncodeClassNames); 4635 } 4636 } 4637 S += '>'; 4638 } 4639 return; 4640 } 4641 4642 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 4643 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 4644 T = OT->getBaseType(); 4645 4646 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 4647 // @encode(class_name) 4648 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 4649 S += '{'; 4650 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 4651 S += II->getName(); 4652 S += '='; 4653 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 4654 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 4655 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4656 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 4657 if (Field->isBitField()) 4658 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 4659 else 4660 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 4661 } 4662 S += '}'; 4663 return; 4664 } 4665 4666 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 4667 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 4668 S += '@'; 4669 return; 4670 } 4671 4672 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 4673 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 4674 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 4675 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 4676 S += '#'; 4677 return; 4678 } 4679 4680 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4681 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 4682 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4683 ExpandStructures, FD); 4684 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 4685 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 4686 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 4687 S += '"'; 4688 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4689 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4690 S += '<'; 4691 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4692 S += '>'; 4693 } 4694 S += '"'; 4695 } 4696 return; 4697 } 4698 4699 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 4700 if (!EncodingProperty && 4701 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4702 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 4703 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 4704 // {...}; 4705 S += '^'; 4706 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 4707 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4708 NULL); 4709 return; 4710 } 4711 4712 S += '@'; 4713 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 4714 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 4715 S += '"'; 4716 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4717 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4718 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4719 S += '<'; 4720 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4721 S += '>'; 4722 } 4723 S += '"'; 4724 } 4725 return; 4726 } 4727 4728 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 4729 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 4730 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 4731 return; 4732 4733 if (T->isVectorType()) { 4734 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 4735 // insufficient. 4736 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 4737 return; 4738 } 4739 4740 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 4741} 4742 4743void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 4744 std::string &S, 4745 const FieldDecl *FD, 4746 bool includeVBases) const { 4747 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 4748 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 4749 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 4750 return; 4751 4752 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 4753 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 4754 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 4755 4756 if (CXXRec) { 4757 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 4758 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 4759 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 4760 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 4761 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4762 if (base->isEmpty()) 4763 continue; 4764 uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base); 4765 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4766 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 4767 } 4768 } 4769 } 4770 4771 unsigned i = 0; 4772 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4773 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4774 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 4775 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 4776 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4777 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 4778 } 4779 4780 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 4781 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 4782 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 4783 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 4784 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4785 if (base->isEmpty()) 4786 continue; 4787 uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base); 4788 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 4789 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 4790 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 4791 } 4792 } 4793 4794 CharUnits size; 4795 if (CXXRec) { 4796 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 4797 } else { 4798 size = layout.getSize(); 4799 } 4800 4801 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 4802 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4803 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 4804 4805 if ((CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) || 4806 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && 4807 CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass())) { 4808 assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 4809 "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?"); 4810 if (FD) { 4811 S += "\"_vptr$"; 4812 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 4813 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 4814 S += recname; 4815 S += '"'; 4816 } 4817 S += "^^?"; 4818 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 4819 } 4820 4821 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4822 // Mark the end of the structure. 4823 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 4824 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4825 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 4826 } 4827 4828 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 4829 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 4830 4831 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 4832 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 4833 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 4834 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 4835 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 4836 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 4837 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 4838 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 4839 // longer then though. 4840 CurOffs += padding; 4841 } 4842 4843 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 4844 if (dcl == 0) 4845 break; // reached end of structure. 4846 4847 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 4848 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 4849 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 4850 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 4851 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 4852 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 4853 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 4854 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 4855 } else { 4856 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 4857 if (FD) { 4858 S += '"'; 4859 S += field->getNameAsString(); 4860 S += '"'; 4861 } 4862 4863 if (field->isBitField()) { 4864 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 4865 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4866 } else { 4867 QualType qt = field->getType(); 4868 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4869 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 4870 /*OutermostType*/false, 4871 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 4872 /*StructField*/true); 4873 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 4874 } 4875 } 4876 } 4877} 4878 4879void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4880 std::string& S) const { 4881 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 4882 S += 'n'; 4883 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 4884 S += 'N'; 4885 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 4886 S += 'o'; 4887 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 4888 S += 'O'; 4889 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 4890 S += 'R'; 4891 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 4892 S += 'V'; 4893} 4894 4895void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) { 4896 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!"); 4897 4898 BuiltinVaListType = T; 4899} 4900 4901TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 4902 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 4903 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 4904 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4905 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4906 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 4907 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4908 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 4909 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 4910 } 4911 4912 return ObjCIdDecl; 4913} 4914 4915TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 4916 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 4917 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 4918 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 4919 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 4920 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4921 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 4922 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 4923 } 4924 return ObjCSelDecl; 4925} 4926 4927TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 4928 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 4929 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 4930 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4931 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4932 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 4933 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4934 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 4935 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 4936 } 4937 4938 return ObjCClassDecl; 4939} 4940 4941ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 4942 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 4943 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 4944 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4945 SourceLocation(), 4946 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 4947 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 4948 SourceLocation(), true); 4949 } 4950 4951 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 4952} 4953 4954void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 4955 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 4956 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 4957 4958 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 4959} 4960 4961/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 4962/// lookup. 4963TemplateName 4964ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 4965 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 4966 unsigned size = End - Begin; 4967 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 4968 4969 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 4970 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 4971 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 4972 4973 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 4974 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 4975 NamedDecl *D = *I; 4976 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 4977 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 4978 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 4979 *Storage++ = D; 4980 } 4981 4982 return TemplateName(OT); 4983} 4984 4985/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 4986/// template name such as \c std::vector. 4987TemplateName 4988ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 4989 bool TemplateKeyword, 4990 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 4991 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 4992 4993 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 4994 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4995 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 4996 4997 void *InsertPos = 0; 4998 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 4999 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5000 if (!QTN) { 5001 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5002 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5003 } 5004 5005 return TemplateName(QTN); 5006} 5007 5008/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5009/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5010TemplateName 5011ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5012 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5013 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5014 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5015 5016 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5017 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5018 5019 void *InsertPos = 0; 5020 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5021 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5022 5023 if (QTN) 5024 return TemplateName(QTN); 5025 5026 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5027 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5028 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5029 } else { 5030 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5031 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5032 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5033 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5034 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5035 (void)CheckQTN; 5036 } 5037 5038 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5039 return TemplateName(QTN); 5040} 5041 5042/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5043/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5044TemplateName 5045ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5046 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5047 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5048 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5049 5050 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5051 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5052 5053 void *InsertPos = 0; 5054 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5055 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5056 5057 if (QTN) 5058 return TemplateName(QTN); 5059 5060 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5061 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5062 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5063 } else { 5064 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5065 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5066 5067 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5068 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5069 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5070 (void)CheckQTN; 5071 } 5072 5073 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5074 return TemplateName(QTN); 5075} 5076 5077TemplateName 5078ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5079 TemplateName replacement) const { 5080 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5081 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5082 5083 void *insertPos = 0; 5084 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5085 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5086 5087 if (!subst) { 5088 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5089 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5090 } 5091 5092 return TemplateName(subst); 5093} 5094 5095TemplateName 5096ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5097 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5098 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5099 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5100 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5101 5102 void *InsertPos = 0; 5103 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5104 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5105 5106 if (!Subst) { 5107 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5108 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5109 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5110 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5111 } 5112 5113 return TemplateName(Subst); 5114} 5115 5116/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5117/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5118/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5119CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5120 switch (Type) { 5121 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5122 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5123 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5124 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5125 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5126 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5127 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5128 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5129 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5130 } 5131 5132 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5133} 5134 5135//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5136// Type Predicates. 5137//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5138 5139/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5140/// garbage collection attribute. 5141/// 5142Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5143 if (getLangOptions().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5144 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5145 5146 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1); 5147 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5148 5149 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5150 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5151 // as __strong. 5152 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5153 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5154 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5155 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5156 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5157 } else { 5158 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5159 // pointer. 5160#ifndef NDEBUG 5161 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5162 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5163 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5164 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5165#endif 5166 } 5167 return GCAttrs; 5168} 5169 5170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5171// Type Compatibility Testing 5172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5173 5174/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5175/// compatible. 5176static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5177 const VectorType *RHS) { 5178 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5179 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5180 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5181} 5182 5183bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5184 QualType SecondVec) { 5185 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5186 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5187 5188 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5189 return true; 5190 5191 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5192 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5193 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5194 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5195 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5196 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5197 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5198 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5199 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5200 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5201 return true; 5202 5203 return false; 5204} 5205 5206//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5207// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5208//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5209 5210/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5211/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5212bool 5213ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5214 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5215 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5216 return true; 5217 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5218 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5219 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5220 return true; 5221 return false; 5222} 5223 5224/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...> 5225/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5226/// otherwise. 5227bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5228 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5229 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5230 return false; 5231} 5232 5233/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and 5234/// Class<p1, ...>. 5235bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5236 QualType rhs) { 5237 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5238 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5239 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5240 5241 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5242 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5243 bool match = false; 5244 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5245 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5246 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5247 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5248 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 5249 match = true; 5250 break; 5251 } 5252 } 5253 if (!match) 5254 return false; 5255 } 5256 return true; 5257} 5258 5259/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 5260/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 5261bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5262 bool compare) { 5263 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 5264 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5265 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 5266 return true; 5267 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5268 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 5269 return true; 5270 5271 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5272 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5273 5274 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 5275 5276 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 5277 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 5278 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5279 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5280 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5281 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5282 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5283 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5284 // through its super class and categories. 5285 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 5286 return false; 5287 } 5288 } 5289 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 5290 return true; 5291 } 5292 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5293 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5294 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5295 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5296 bool match = false; 5297 5298 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5299 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5300 // through its super class and categories. 5301 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5302 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5303 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5304 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5305 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5306 match = true; 5307 break; 5308 } 5309 } 5310 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 5311 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5312 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5313 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5314 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5315 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5316 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5317 // through its super class and categories. 5318 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 5319 match = true; 5320 break; 5321 } 5322 } 5323 } 5324 if (!match) 5325 return false; 5326 } 5327 5328 return true; 5329 } 5330 5331 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5332 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 5333 5334 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 5335 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 5336 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5337 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5338 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5339 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5340 bool match = false; 5341 5342 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 5343 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5344 // through its super class and categories. 5345 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 5346 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5347 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5348 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5349 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5350 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5351 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5352 match = true; 5353 break; 5354 } 5355 } 5356 if (!match) 5357 return false; 5358 } 5359 5360 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 5361 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5362 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5363 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5364 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 5365 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 5366 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 5367 // assume that it is mismatch. 5368 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 5369 return false; 5370 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5371 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5372 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5373 bool match = false; 5374 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 5375 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5376 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5377 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5378 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5379 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5380 match = true; 5381 break; 5382 } 5383 } 5384 if (!match) 5385 return false; 5386 } 5387 } 5388 return true; 5389 } 5390 return false; 5391} 5392 5393/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 5394/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 5395/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 5396/// 5397bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5398 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 5399 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5400 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5401 5402 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 5403 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 5404 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 5405 return true; 5406 5407 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 5408 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5409 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5410 false); 5411 5412 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 5413 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5414 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 5415 5416 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 5417 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 5418 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 5419 5420 return false; 5421} 5422 5423/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 5424/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 5425/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 5426/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 5427/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 5428bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 5429 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5430 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5431 bool BlockReturnType) { 5432 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 5433 return true; 5434 5435 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 5436 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5437 } 5438 5439 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5440 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5441 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5442 false); 5443 5444 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5445 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5446 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 5447 if (LHS != RHS) { 5448 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 5449 return BlockReturnType; 5450 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 5451 return !BlockReturnType; 5452 } 5453 else 5454 return true; 5455 } 5456 return false; 5457} 5458 5459/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 5460/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 5461/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 5462/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 5463static 5464void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 5465 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5466 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5467 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 5468 5469 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5470 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5471 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 5472 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 5473 5474 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 5475 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 5476 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 5477 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 5478 else { 5479 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5480 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 5481 LHSInheritedProtocols); 5482 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5483 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 5484 } 5485 5486 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 5487 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 5488 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 5489 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 5490 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 5491 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 5492 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 5493 } else { 5494 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 5495 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 5496 RHSInheritedProtocols); 5497 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5498 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5499 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 5500 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 5501 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 5502 } 5503} 5504 5505/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 5506/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 5507/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 5508/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 5509QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 5510 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 5511 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 5512 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 5513 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 5514 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 5515 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 5516 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 5517 return QualType(); 5518 5519 do { 5520 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 5521 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 5522 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 5523 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 5524 5525 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 5526 if (!Protocols.empty()) 5527 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 5528 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 5529 return Result; 5530 } 5531 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 5532 5533 return QualType(); 5534} 5535 5536bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 5537 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 5538 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 5539 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 5540 5541 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 5542 // the LHS. 5543 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 5544 return false; 5545 5546 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 5547 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 5548 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 5549 return true; 5550 5551 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 5552 // more detailed analysis is required. 5553 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 5554 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 5555 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 5556 // false otherwise. 5557 bool IsSuperClass = 5558 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 5559 if (IsSuperClass) { 5560 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 5561 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 5562 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 5563 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 5564 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 5565 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 5566 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 5567 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 5568 return false; 5569 5570 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 5571 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 5572 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 5573 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 5574 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 5575 5576 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5577 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5578 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5579 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 5580 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 5581 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 5582 break; 5583 } 5584 } 5585 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 5586 return false; 5587 } 5588 return true; 5589 } 5590 return false; 5591 } 5592 5593 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 5594 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 5595 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 5596 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 5597 5598 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 5599 // are incompatible. 5600 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 5601 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 5602 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 5603 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 5604 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 5605 break; 5606 } 5607 } 5608 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 5609 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 5610 return false; 5611 } 5612 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 5613 return true; 5614} 5615 5616bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 5617 // get the "pointed to" types 5618 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5619 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5620 5621 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 5622 return false; 5623 5624 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 5625 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 5626} 5627 5628bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 5629 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 5630 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 5631 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 5632} 5633 5634/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 5635/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 5636/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 5637/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 5638bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 5639 bool CompareUnqualified) { 5640 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5641 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 5642 5643 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 5644} 5645 5646bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 5647 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 5648} 5649 5650bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 5651 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 5652} 5653 5654/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 5655/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 5656/// QualType() 5657QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 5658 bool OfBlockPointer, 5659 bool Unqualified) { 5660 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 5661 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 5662 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 5663 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 5664 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 5665 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 5666 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 5667 if (!MT.isNull()) 5668 return MT; 5669 } 5670 } 5671 } 5672 5673 return QualType(); 5674} 5675 5676/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 5677/// argument types 5678QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5679 bool OfBlockPointer, 5680 bool Unqualified) { 5681 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 5682 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 5683 // type is compatible with a union member 5684 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 5685 Unqualified); 5686 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 5687 return lmerge; 5688 5689 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 5690 Unqualified); 5691 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 5692 return rmerge; 5693 5694 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 5695} 5696 5697QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5698 bool OfBlockPointer, 5699 bool Unqualified) { 5700 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5701 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5702 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 5703 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 5704 bool allLTypes = true; 5705 bool allRTypes = true; 5706 5707 // Check return type 5708 QualType retType; 5709 if (OfBlockPointer) { 5710 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 5711 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 5712 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 5713 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 5714 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 5715 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 5716 } 5717 else 5718 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 5719 Unqualified); 5720 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5721 5722 if (Unqualified) 5723 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 5724 5725 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 5726 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 5727 if (Unqualified) { 5728 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 5729 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 5730 } 5731 5732 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 5733 allLTypes = false; 5734 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 5735 allRTypes = false; 5736 5737 // FIXME: double check this 5738 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 5739 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 5740 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 5741 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 5742 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 5743 5744 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 5745 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 5746 return QualType(); 5747 5748 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 5749 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 5750 return QualType(); 5751 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 5752 return QualType(); 5753 5754 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 5755 return QualType(); 5756 5757 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not. 5758 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 5759 allLTypes = false; 5760 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 5761 allRTypes = false; 5762 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 5763 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 5764 5765 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 5766 5767 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 5768 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 5769 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 5770 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 5771 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 5772 5773 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 5774 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 5775 return QualType(); 5776 5777 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 5778 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 5779 return QualType(); 5780 5781 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 5782 return QualType(); 5783 5784 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 5785 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 5786 return QualType(); 5787 5788 // Check argument compatibility 5789 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 5790 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 5791 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 5792 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 5793 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 5794 OfBlockPointer, 5795 Unqualified); 5796 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 5797 5798 if (Unqualified) 5799 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 5800 5801 types.push_back(argtype); 5802 if (Unqualified) { 5803 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 5804 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 5805 } 5806 5807 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 5808 allLTypes = false; 5809 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 5810 allRTypes = false; 5811 } 5812 5813 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5814 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5815 5816 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 5817 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 5818 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 5819 } 5820 5821 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 5822 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 5823 5824 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 5825 if (proto) { 5826 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 5827 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 5828 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 5829 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 5830 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 5831 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 5832 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 5833 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 5834 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 5835 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 5836 5837 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used 5838 // to pass enum values. 5839 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5840 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 5841 5842 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 5843 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 5844 return QualType(); 5845 } 5846 5847 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5848 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5849 5850 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 5851 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 5852 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 5853 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5854 } 5855 5856 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5857 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5858 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 5859} 5860 5861QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 5862 bool OfBlockPointer, 5863 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 5864 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 5865 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 5866 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 5867 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 5868 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 5869 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 5870 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 5871 5872 if (Unqualified) { 5873 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 5874 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 5875 } 5876 5877 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 5878 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 5879 5880 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 5881 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 5882 return LHS; 5883 5884 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 5885 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5886 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5887 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 5888 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 5889 // mismatch. 5890 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 5891 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 5892 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 5893 return QualType(); 5894 5895 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 5896 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 5897 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 5898 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 5899 // qualified __strong. 5900 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5901 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5902 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 5903 5904 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 5905 return QualType(); 5906 5907 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5908 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 5909 } 5910 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5911 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 5912 } 5913 return QualType(); 5914 } 5915 5916 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 5917 5918 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 5919 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 5920 5921 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 5922 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 5923 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 5924 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 5925 5926 // Same as above for arrays 5927 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 5928 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 5929 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 5930 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 5931 5932 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 5933 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 5934 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 5935 5936 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 5937 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 5938 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 5939 5940 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 5941 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 5942 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 5943 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 5944 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 5945 // type. 5946 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5947 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) 5948 return RHS; 5949 } 5950 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5951 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) 5952 return LHS; 5953 } 5954 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 5955 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 5956 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 5957 return LHS; 5958 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 5959 return RHS; 5960 } 5961 5962 return QualType(); 5963 } 5964 5965 // The canonical type classes match. 5966 switch (LHSClass) { 5967#define TYPE(Class, Base) 5968#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 5969#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5970#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5971#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5972#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5973 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 5974 5975 case Type::LValueReference: 5976 case Type::RValueReference: 5977 case Type::MemberPointer: 5978 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 5979 5980 case Type::ObjCInterface: 5981 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5982 case Type::VariableArray: 5983 case Type::FunctionProto: 5984 case Type::ExtVector: 5985 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 5986 5987 case Type::Pointer: 5988 { 5989 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 5990 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5991 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5992 if (Unqualified) { 5993 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5994 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5995 } 5996 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 5997 Unqualified); 5998 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5999 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6000 return LHS; 6001 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6002 return RHS; 6003 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6004 } 6005 case Type::BlockPointer: 6006 { 6007 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6008 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6009 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6010 if (Unqualified) { 6011 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6012 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6013 } 6014 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6015 Unqualified); 6016 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6017 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6018 return LHS; 6019 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6020 return RHS; 6021 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6022 } 6023 case Type::Atomic: 6024 { 6025 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6026 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6027 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6028 if (Unqualified) { 6029 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6030 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6031 } 6032 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6033 Unqualified); 6034 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6035 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6036 return LHS; 6037 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6038 return RHS; 6039 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6040 } 6041 case Type::ConstantArray: 6042 { 6043 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6044 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6045 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6046 return QualType(); 6047 6048 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6049 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6050 if (Unqualified) { 6051 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6052 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6053 } 6054 6055 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6056 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6057 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6058 return LHS; 6059 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6060 return RHS; 6061 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6062 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6063 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6064 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6065 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6066 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6067 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6068 return LHS; 6069 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6070 return RHS; 6071 if (LVAT) { 6072 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6073 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6074 // has to be different. 6075 return LHS; 6076 } 6077 if (RVAT) { 6078 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6079 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6080 // has to be different. 6081 return RHS; 6082 } 6083 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6084 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6085 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6086 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6087 } 6088 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6089 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6090 case Type::Record: 6091 case Type::Enum: 6092 return QualType(); 6093 case Type::Builtin: 6094 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6095 return QualType(); 6096 case Type::Complex: 6097 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6098 return QualType(); 6099 case Type::Vector: 6100 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6101 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6102 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6103 return LHS; 6104 return QualType(); 6105 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6106 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6107 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6108 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6109 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6110 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6111 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6112 return LHS; 6113 6114 return QualType(); 6115 } 6116 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6117 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6118 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6119 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6120 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6121 BlockReturnType)) 6122 return LHS; 6123 return QualType(); 6124 } 6125 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6126 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6127 return LHS; 6128 6129 return QualType(); 6130 } 6131 } 6132 6133 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6134} 6135 6136bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6137 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6138 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6139 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6140 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6141 return false; 6142 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6143 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6144 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6145 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6146 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6147 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6148 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6149 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6150 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6151 return false; 6152 } 6153 return true; 6154} 6155 6156/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6157/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6158/// return types. 6159QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6160 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6161 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6162 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6163 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6164 return LHS; 6165 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6166 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6167 return QualType(); 6168 QualType OldReturnType = 6169 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6170 QualType NewReturnType = 6171 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6172 QualType ResReturnType = 6173 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6174 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6175 return QualType(); 6176 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6177 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6178 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6179 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6180 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6181 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6182 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6183 QualType ResultType 6184 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6185 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6186 return ResultType; 6187 } 6188 } 6189 return QualType(); 6190 } 6191 6192 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6193 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6194 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6195 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6196 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6197 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6198 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6199 return QualType(); 6200 6201 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6202 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6203 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6204 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6205 // qualified __strong. 6206 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6207 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6208 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6209 6210 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6211 return QualType(); 6212 6213 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6214 return LHS; 6215 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6216 return RHS; 6217 return QualType(); 6218 } 6219 6220 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6221 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6222 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6223 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6224 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6225 return LHS; 6226 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6227 return RHS; 6228 } 6229 return QualType(); 6230} 6231 6232//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6233// Integer Predicates 6234//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6235 6236unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6237 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6238 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6239 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6240 return 1; 6241 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 6242 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 6243} 6244 6245QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { 6246 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 6247 6248 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 6249 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 6250 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 6251 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 6252 6253 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 6254 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 6255 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6256 6257 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6258 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 6259 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 6260 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 6261 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6262 return UnsignedCharTy; 6263 case BuiltinType::Short: 6264 return UnsignedShortTy; 6265 case BuiltinType::Int: 6266 return UnsignedIntTy; 6267 case BuiltinType::Long: 6268 return UnsignedLongTy; 6269 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6270 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6271 case BuiltinType::Int128: 6272 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 6273 default: 6274 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 6275 } 6276} 6277 6278ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 6279 6280 6281//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6282// Builtin Type Computation 6283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6284 6285/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 6286/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 6287/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 6288/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 6289/// a vector of "i*". 6290/// 6291/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 6292/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 6293static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 6294 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6295 bool &RequiresICE, 6296 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 6297 // Modifiers. 6298 int HowLong = 0; 6299 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 6300 RequiresICE = false; 6301 6302 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 6303 bool Done = false; 6304 while (!Done) { 6305 switch (*Str++) { 6306 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6307 case 'I': 6308 RequiresICE = true; 6309 break; 6310 case 'S': 6311 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6312 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6313 Signed = true; 6314 break; 6315 case 'U': 6316 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6317 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6318 Unsigned = true; 6319 break; 6320 case 'L': 6321 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 6322 ++HowLong; 6323 break; 6324 } 6325 } 6326 6327 QualType Type; 6328 6329 // Read the base type. 6330 switch (*Str++) { 6331 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 6332 case 'v': 6333 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6334 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 6335 Type = Context.VoidTy; 6336 break; 6337 case 'f': 6338 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6339 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 6340 Type = Context.FloatTy; 6341 break; 6342 case 'd': 6343 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6344 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 6345 if (HowLong) 6346 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 6347 else 6348 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 6349 break; 6350 case 's': 6351 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 6352 if (Unsigned) 6353 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 6354 else 6355 Type = Context.ShortTy; 6356 break; 6357 case 'i': 6358 if (HowLong == 3) 6359 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 6360 else if (HowLong == 2) 6361 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 6362 else if (HowLong == 1) 6363 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 6364 else 6365 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 6366 break; 6367 case 'c': 6368 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 6369 if (Signed) 6370 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 6371 else if (Unsigned) 6372 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 6373 else 6374 Type = Context.CharTy; 6375 break; 6376 case 'b': // boolean 6377 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 6378 Type = Context.BoolTy; 6379 break; 6380 case 'z': // size_t. 6381 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 6382 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 6383 break; 6384 case 'F': 6385 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 6386 break; 6387 case 'G': 6388 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 6389 break; 6390 case 'H': 6391 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 6392 break; 6393 case 'a': 6394 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6395 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6396 break; 6397 case 'A': 6398 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 6399 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 6400 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 6401 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 6402 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 6403 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 6404 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 6405 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 6406 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6407 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6408 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6409 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 6410 else 6411 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6412 break; 6413 case 'V': { 6414 char *End; 6415 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6416 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6417 Str = End; 6418 6419 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 6420 RequiresICE, false); 6421 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 6422 6423 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 6424 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 6425 VectorType::GenericVector); 6426 break; 6427 } 6428 case 'X': { 6429 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6430 false); 6431 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 6432 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 6433 break; 6434 } 6435 case 'Y' : { 6436 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 6437 break; 6438 } 6439 case 'P': 6440 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 6441 if (Type.isNull()) { 6442 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 6443 return QualType(); 6444 } 6445 break; 6446 case 'J': 6447 if (Signed) 6448 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 6449 else 6450 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 6451 6452 if (Type.isNull()) { 6453 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 6454 return QualType(); 6455 } 6456 break; 6457 case 'K': 6458 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 6459 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 6460 6461 if (Type.isNull()) { 6462 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 6463 return QualType(); 6464 } 6465 break; 6466 } 6467 6468 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 6469 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 6470 while (!Done) { 6471 switch (char c = *Str++) { 6472 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6473 case '*': 6474 case '&': { 6475 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 6476 // qualified with an address space. 6477 char *End; 6478 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6479 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 6480 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 6481 Str = End; 6482 } 6483 if (c == '*') 6484 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 6485 else 6486 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6487 break; 6488 } 6489 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 6490 case 'C': 6491 Type = Type.withConst(); 6492 break; 6493 case 'D': 6494 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 6495 break; 6496 case 'R': 6497 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 6498 break; 6499 } 6500 } 6501 6502 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 6503 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 6504 6505 return Type; 6506} 6507 6508/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 6509QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 6510 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6511 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 6512 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 6513 6514 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 6515 6516 bool RequiresICE = false; 6517 Error = GE_None; 6518 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 6519 RequiresICE, true); 6520 if (Error != GE_None) 6521 return QualType(); 6522 6523 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 6524 6525 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 6526 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 6527 if (Error != GE_None) 6528 return QualType(); 6529 6530 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 6531 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 6532 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 6533 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 6534 6535 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 6536 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 6537 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 6538 6539 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 6540 } 6541 6542 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 6543 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 6544 6545 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 6546 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 6547 6548 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 6549 6550 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 6551 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 6552 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 6553 6554 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6555 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 6556 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 6557 6558 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 6559} 6560 6561GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6562 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 6563 6564 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 6565 switch (L) { 6566 case NoLinkage: 6567 case InternalLinkage: 6568 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 6569 return GVA_Internal; 6570 6571 case ExternalLinkage: 6572 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 6573 case TSK_Undeclared: 6574 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 6575 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 6576 break; 6577 6578 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 6579 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 6580 6581 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 6582 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 6583 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 6584 break; 6585 } 6586 } 6587 6588 if (!FD->isInlined()) 6589 return External; 6590 6591 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 6592 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 6593 // externally visible. 6594 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 6595 return External; 6596 6597 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 6598 return GVA_C99Inline; 6599 } 6600 6601 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 6602 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 6603 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 6604 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 6605 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 6606 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 6607 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6608 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 6609 return GVA_C99Inline; 6610 6611 return GVA_CXXInline; 6612} 6613 6614GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 6615 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 6616 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 6617 // template. 6618 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 6619 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 6620 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 6621 6622 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 6623 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6624 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 6625 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 6626 6627 switch (L) { 6628 case NoLinkage: 6629 case InternalLinkage: 6630 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 6631 return GVA_Internal; 6632 6633 case ExternalLinkage: 6634 switch (TSK) { 6635 case TSK_Undeclared: 6636 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 6637 return GVA_StrongExternal; 6638 6639 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 6640 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 6641 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 6642 6643 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 6644 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 6645 6646 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 6647 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 6648 } 6649 } 6650 6651 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 6652} 6653 6654bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 6655 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6656 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 6657 return false; 6658 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6659 return false; 6660 6661 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 6662 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 6663 return false; 6664 6665 // Aliases and used decls are required. 6666 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 6667 return true; 6668 6669 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6670 // Forward declarations aren't required. 6671 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 6672 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 6673 6674 // Constructors and destructors are required. 6675 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 6676 return true; 6677 6678 // The key function for a class is required. 6679 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6680 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 6681 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 6682 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 6683 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 6684 return true; 6685 } 6686 } 6687 6688 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 6689 6690 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 6691 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 6692 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 6693 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 6694 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 6695 return false; 6696 return true; 6697 } 6698 6699 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 6700 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 6701 6702 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 6703 return false; 6704 6705 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required. 6706 6707 // FIXME: Handle references. 6708 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about. 6709 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6710 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) { 6711 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 6712 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 6713 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && 6714 RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) 6715 return true; 6716 } 6717 } 6718 6719 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 6720 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) { 6721 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))) 6722 return false; 6723 } 6724 6725 return true; 6726} 6727 6728CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() { 6729 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 6730 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(); 6731} 6732 6733bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 6734 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 6735 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 6736} 6737 6738MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 6739 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 6740 case CXXABI_ARM: 6741 case CXXABI_Itanium: 6742 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 6743 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 6744 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 6745 } 6746 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 6747} 6748 6749CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 6750 6751size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 6752 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 6753 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 6754 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 6755 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 6756 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 6757 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 6758 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 6759 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 6760 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 6761 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 6762 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 6763 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 6764 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 6765 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 6766} 6767 6768void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 6769 ParamIndices[D] = index; 6770} 6771 6772unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 6773 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 6774 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 6775 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 6776 return I->second; 6777} 6778